Quarterlytics / Industrials / Specialty Business Services / SP Plus

SP Plus

sp · NASDAQ Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker sp
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Industrials
Industry Specialty Business Services
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · SP Plus
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
March 20, 2020

Dear Fellow Stockholders:

We are pleased to report that 2019 was another excellent year for SP+.

Our successful integration of the Bags acquisition has been transformational for our long-term growth
opportunities. Throughout the year, we introduced SP+’s capabilities to Bags’ key clients and Bags’ 
capabilities to key SP+ clients, which produced several cross-selling wins.

We also made great progress on our growth-focused initiatives.  We increased our national accounts
business, our penetration in higher growth verticals (such as hospitality, healthcare and municipal) and 
the number of commercial locations we serve.  Moreover, we improved our location retention rate 
(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:3)(cid:28)(cid:22)(cid:8)(cid:15)(cid:3)(cid:82)(cid:88)(cid:85)(cid:3)(cid:75)(cid:76)(cid:74)(cid:75)(cid:72)(cid:86)(cid:87)(cid:3)(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:87)(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:76)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:3)(cid:85)(cid:68)(cid:87)(cid:72)(cid:3)(cid:76)(cid:81)(cid:3)(cid:82)(cid:89)(cid:72)(cid:85)(cid:3)(cid:24)(cid:3)(cid:92)(cid:72)(cid:68)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:17)(cid:3)(cid:918)(cid:81)(cid:3)(cid:87)(cid:72)(cid:85)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:3)(cid:82)(cid:73)(cid:3)(cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:20)(cid:28)(cid:3)(cid:564)(cid:81)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:70)(cid:76)(cid:68)(cid:79)(cid:3)(cid:83)(cid:72)(cid:85)(cid:73)(cid:82)(cid:85)(cid:80)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:70)(cid:72)(cid:15)(cid:3)(cid:90)(cid:72)(cid:3)(cid:80)(cid:72)(cid:87)(cid:3)(cid:82)(cid:85)(cid:3)
exceeded all key guidance measures.

SP+ at its core is a company that leverages technology to develop and implement solutions to help clients 
(cid:80)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:68)(cid:74)(cid:72)(cid:3)(cid:87)(cid:75)(cid:72)(cid:76)(cid:85)(cid:3)(cid:70)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:74)(cid:72)(cid:86)(cid:87)(cid:76)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:3)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:71)(cid:3)(cid:80)(cid:82)(cid:69)(cid:76)(cid:79)(cid:76)(cid:87)(cid:92)(cid:3)(cid:76)(cid:86)(cid:86)(cid:88)(cid:72)(cid:86)(cid:17)(cid:3)(cid:58)(cid:72)(cid:3)(cid:83)(cid:72)(cid:85)(cid:73)(cid:82)(cid:85)(cid:80)(cid:3)(cid:82)(cid:88)(cid:85)(cid:3)(cid:86)(cid:72)(cid:85)(cid:89)(cid:76)(cid:70)(cid:72)(cid:86)(cid:3)(cid:76)(cid:81)(cid:3)(cid:90)(cid:68)(cid:92)(cid:86)(cid:3)(cid:87)(cid:75)(cid:68)(cid:87)(cid:3)(cid:86)(cid:76)(cid:74)(cid:81)(cid:76)(cid:564)(cid:70)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:79)(cid:92)(cid:3)(cid:76)(cid:80)(cid:83)(cid:85)(cid:82)(cid:89)(cid:72)(cid:3)
the end-consumer’s experience while at the same time adding to our clients’ bottom lines. 

We continue to invest in programs that enable us to maintain the high level of customer service that 
has become synonymous with the SP+ brand. Complementing a well-trained and motivated workforce
are technology solutions we’ve brought to the industry, such as Parking.com™, our proprietary online
distribution channel that enables consumers to locate and purchase daily or monthly parking from their 
mobile devices, and Insight Valet System®, our proprietary valet management tool.  We believe tools 
like these, as well as the utilization of our remote management capabilities, are becoming increasingly 
(cid:76)(cid:80)(cid:83)(cid:82)(cid:85)(cid:87)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:3)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:3)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:76)(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:86)(cid:3)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:71)(cid:3)(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:71)(cid:16)(cid:70)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:86)(cid:88)(cid:80)(cid:72)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:3)(cid:68)(cid:79)(cid:76)(cid:78)(cid:72)(cid:15)(cid:3)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:71)(cid:3)(cid:86)(cid:72)(cid:85)(cid:89)(cid:72)(cid:3)(cid:68)(cid:86)(cid:3)(cid:80)(cid:68)(cid:85)(cid:78)(cid:72)(cid:87)(cid:3)(cid:71)(cid:76)(cid:909)(cid:72)(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:76)(cid:68)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:3)(cid:73)(cid:82)(cid:85)(cid:3)SP+.

Finally, none of this could be accomplished without the dedication and commitment of our 23,000+ 
employees.
 continued success.

We are very enthusiastic about building upon our 2019 momentum to propel our

Sincerely,

G Marc Baumann
(cid:38)(cid:75)(cid:76)(cid:72)(cid:73)(cid:3)(cid:40)(cid:91)(cid:72)(cid:70)(cid:88)(cid:87)(cid:76)(cid:89)(cid:72)(cid:3)(cid:50)(cid:605)(cid:70)(cid:72)(cid:85)

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

Some of the information we provide in this document is forward-looking and therefore could change over time. 
(cid:51)(cid:79)(cid:72)(cid:68)(cid:86)(cid:72)(cid:3)(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:73)(cid:72)(cid:85)(cid:3)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:3)(cid:87)(cid:75)(cid:72)(cid:3)(cid:36)(cid:81)(cid:81)(cid:88)(cid:68)(cid:79)(cid:3)(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:83)(cid:82)(cid:85)(cid:87)(cid:3)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:3)(cid:41)(cid:82)(cid:85)(cid:80)(cid:3)(cid:20)(cid:19)(cid:16)(cid:46)(cid:3)(cid:73)(cid:82)(cid:85)(cid:3)(cid:87)(cid:75)(cid:72)(cid:3)(cid:564)(cid:86)(cid:70)(cid:68)(cid:79)(cid:3)(cid:92)(cid:72)(cid:68)(cid:85)(cid:3)(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:71)(cid:72)(cid:71)(cid:3)(cid:39)(cid:72)(cid:70)(cid:72)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:72)(cid:85)(cid:3)(cid:22)(cid:20)(cid:15)(cid:3)(cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:20)(cid:28)(cid:3)(cid:90)(cid:75)(cid:76)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:3)(cid:68)(cid:70)(cid:70)(cid:82)(cid:80)(cid:83)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:76)(cid:72)(cid:86)(cid:3)(cid:87)(cid:75)(cid:76)(cid:86)
(cid:79)(cid:72)(cid:87)(cid:87)(cid:72)(cid:85)(cid:15)(cid:3)(cid:73)(cid:82)(cid:85)(cid:3)(cid:68)(cid:3)(cid:71)(cid:76)(cid:86)(cid:70)(cid:88)(cid:86)(cid:86)(cid:76)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:3)(cid:82)(cid:73)(cid:3)(cid:53)(cid:76)(cid:86)(cid:78)(cid:3)(cid:41)(cid:68)(cid:70)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:3)(cid:87)(cid:75)(cid:68)(cid:87)(cid:3)(cid:70)(cid:82)(cid:88)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:3)(cid:70)(cid:68)(cid:88)(cid:86)(cid:72)(cid:3)(cid:68)(cid:70)(cid:87)(cid:88)(cid:68)(cid:79)(cid:3)(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:86)(cid:88)(cid:79)(cid:87)(cid:86)(cid:3)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:3)(cid:71)(cid:76)(cid:909)(cid:72)(cid:85)(cid:3)(cid:80)(cid:68)(cid:87)(cid:72)(cid:85)(cid:76)(cid:68)(cid:79)(cid:79)(cid:92)(cid:3)(cid:73)(cid:85)(cid:82)(cid:80)(cid:3)(cid:87)(cid:75)(cid:82)(cid:86)(cid:72)(cid:3)(cid:72)(cid:91)(cid:83)(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:86)(cid:86)(cid:72)(cid:71)(cid:3)(cid:76)(cid:81)(cid:3)(cid:87)(cid:75)(cid:72)
forward-looking statements.  We do not undertake to update our forward-looking statements.

(PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK)

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
____________________________________________________________________________

FORM 10-K 

  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019

Or

  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                  to                

Commission file number: 000-50796 

____________________________________________________________________________

SP PLUS CORPORATION 
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

Delaware

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

16-1171179

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

200 E. Randolph Street, Suite 7700 
Chicago, Illinois 60601-7702 
(Address of Principal Executive Offices, Including Zip Code)

(312) 274-2000 
(Registrant's Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

Trading Symbol(s)

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share

SP

The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: NONE
____________________________________________________________________________

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes 

    No 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes 

    No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during 
the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter periods that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the 
past 90 days. Yes 

    No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-

T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes 

    No 

 
 
 
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging 
growth company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," "smaller reporting company," and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of 
the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large Accelerated Filer

Non-accelerated Filer  

Accelerated Filer

Smaller Reporting Company

Emerging Growth Company

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new 

or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes 

   No 

As of June 28, 2019, the last business day of the registrant's most recently completed second fiscal quarter, the aggregate market value of the voting and 
non-voting common stock held by nonaffiliates of the registrant was approximately $730.2 million. Solely for purposes of this disclosure, shares of common stock 
held by executive officers and directors of the registrant as of such date have been excluded because such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination 
of executive officers and directors as affiliates is not necessarily a conclusive determination for any other purposes.

Class
Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share

Outstanding at February 19, 2020

22,997,061 Shares

____________________________________________________________________________

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant's definitive proxy statement to be delivered to stockholders in connection with the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on 
May 6, 2020 are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K. The 2019 Proxy Statement will be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission 
within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year to which this report relates.

 
SP PLUS CORPORATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Business
Risk Factors
Unresolved Staff Comments
Properties
Legal Proceedings
Mine Safety Disclosures

Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases
of Equity Securities
Selected Financial Data
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Controls and Procedures
Other Information

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Executive Compensation
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related
Stockholder Matters
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Principal Accountant Fees and Services

PART I

Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.

PART II

Item 5.

Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.

PART III

Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.

Item 13.
Item 14.

PART IV

Item 15.
Item 16.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
Form 10-K Summary

Signatures
Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

2
9
17
17
17
18

18
20
21
37
38
38
38
39

39
39

40
40
40

40
85

86
87

1

 
 
 
 
Forward-Looking Statements

The Business section and other parts of this Annual Report on Form 10-K ("Form 10-K") contain forward-looking statements, within 
the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, that involve risks and uncertainties. Many of the forward-looking 
statements are located in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations." Forward-
looking statements provide current expectations of future events based on certain assumptions and include any statement that 
does not directly relate to any historical or current fact. Forward-looking statements can also be identified by words such as "future," 
"anticipates," "believes," "estimates," "expects," "intends," "plans," "predicts," "will," "would," "could," "can," "may," and similar terms. 
Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and the Company's actual results may differ significantly 
from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause such differences include, but are not limited 
to, those discussed in Part I, Item 1A. of this Form 10-K under the heading "Risk Factors," which are incorporated herein by reference. 
Each of the terms the "Company" and "SP Plus" as used herein refers collectively to SP Plus Corporation and its wholly owned 
subsidiaries, unless otherwise stated. The Company assumes no obligation to revise or update any forward-looking statements for 
any reason, except as required by law.

Item 1.    Business

Our Company

PART I

SP Plus Corporation, a Delaware corporation, which operates through its subsidiaries (collectively referred to as "we", "us", "our") 
facilitates the efficient movement of people, vehicles and personal belongings with the goal of enhancing the consumer experience 
while improving bottom line results for our clients. We provide professional parking management, ground transportation, remote 
baggage check-in and handling, facility maintenance, security, event logistics, and other technology-driven mobility solutions to 
aviation, commercial, hospitality, healthcare and government clients across North America. 

Acquisitions, Investment in Joint Venture and Sale of Business

On  November  30,  2018,  we  acquired  the  outstanding  shares  (the  "Acquisition")  of  ZWB  Holdings,  Inc.  and  Rynn's  Luggage 
Corporation, and their subsidiaries and affiliates (collectively, "Bags"), for an all-cash purchase price of $277.9 million, net of $5.9 
million of cash acquired. Bags is a leading provider of baggage services, remote airline check-in, and other related services, primarily 
to airline, airport and hospitality clients. Bags provides these services by combining exceptional customer service with innovative 
technologies. Based in Orlando, Florida, Bags operates in over 250 cities in North America with approximately 3,000 employees. 
Its clients include major airlines, airports, sea ports, cruise lines, and leading hotels and resorts. Bags handles more than 5.0 million 
checked bags annually.

In October 2014, we entered into an agreement to establish a joint venture with Parkmobile USA, Inc. ("Parkmobile USA"), pursuant 
to which we contributed all of the assets and liabilities of our proprietary Click and Park® parking prepayment business in exchange 
for  a  30%  interest  in  the  newly  formed  legal  entity  called  Parkmobile, LLC  ("Parkmobile").    On  January  3,  2018,  we  closed  a 
transaction to sell our entire 30% Parkmobile interest to Parkmobile USA, Inc. for a gross sale price of $19.0 million. As a result of 
this sale, in the first quarter of 2018 we recognized a pre-tax gain of $10.1 million, net of closing costs, which is included in Equity 
in (earnings) losses from investment in unconsolidated entity within the Consolidated Statements of Income for the year ended 
December 31, 2018.  We historically accounted for our investment in the Parkmobile joint venture under the equity method of 
accounting.

In August 2015, we sold portions of our security business primarily operating in the Southern California market to a third-party for 
a gross sales price of $1.8 million, which resulted in a gain on sale of business of $0.5 million, net of legal and other expenses.  We 
received $0.6 million for the final earn-out consideration from the buyer in the second quarter of 2017, for which we recognized an 
additional gain of $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2017.  The pre-tax profit for the operations of the security business 
was not significant to the periods presented herein.

Our Operations

Our history and resulting experience has allowed us to develop and standardize a rigorous system of processes and controls that 
enable us to deliver consistent, transparent, value-added and high-quality services that facilitate the movement of people, vehicles 
and personal belongings. We serve a variety of industries and have industry vertical specific specialization in commercial real estate, 
residential  communities,  hotels  and  resorts,  airports,  airlines,  cruise  lines,  healthcare  facilities,  municipalities  and  government 
facilities, retail operations, large event venues, and colleges and universities. 

We operate under two primary types of arrangements: management type contracts and lease type contracts.

•  Under a management type contract, we typically receive a fixed and/or variable monthly fee for providing our services, 
and we may also receive an incentive fee based on the achievement of certain performance objectives. We also receive 
fees  for  ancillary  services. Typically,  all  of  the  underlying  revenue  and  expenses  under  a  standard  management  type 
contract flow through to our client rather than to us.

2

•  Under a lease type contract, we generally pay to the client either a fixed annual rent, a percentage of gross customer 
collections, or a combination of both. Under a lease type contract, we collect all revenue and are responsible for most 
operating expenses, but typically are not responsible for major maintenance, capital expenditures or real estate taxes.

Our revenue is derived from a broad and diverse group of clients, industry vertical markets and geographies. Our clients include 
some of North America's largest private and public owners, municipalities and governments, managers and developers of major 
office buildings, residential properties, commercial properties, shopping centers and other retail properties, healthcare facilities and 
medical centers, sports and special event complexes, hotels and resorts, airlines and cruise lines. No single client accounted for 
more than 5% of our revenue, net of reimbursed management type contract revenue, or more than 7% of our gross profit for the 
year ended December 31, 2019.  Additionally, we have built a diverse geographic footprint that spans operations in 45 states, the 
District of Columbia and Puerto Rico, and three Canadian provinces. Our strategy is focused on building scale and leadership 
positions in large, strategic markets in order to leverage the advantages of scale across a larger number of clients in a single market.

Services

As a professional service provider, we provide comprehensive, turn-key service offering packages to our clients. Under a typical 
management type contract structure, we are responsible for providing and supervising all personnel necessary to facilitate daily 
operations, which may include cashiers, porters, baggage handlers, valet attendants, managers, bookkeepers, and a variety of 
ground transportation services, maintenance, marketing, customer service, and accounting and revenue control functions.

Beyond the conventional management services described above, we also offer an expanded range of ground transportation services, 
baggage delivery and handling services and other ancillary services. For example, we provide:

• 

• 

• 

• 

shuttle bus vehicles and the drivers to operate them serving locations such as on-airport car rental operations and private 
off-airport parking locations;

ground transportation services, such as taxi and livery dispatch services, as well as concierge-type ground transportation 
information and support services for arriving passengers with transportation network companies;

baggage services, including delivery of delayed luggage and baggage handling services;

remote airline check-in services;

•  wheelchair assist services to airports and airline passengers;

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

baggage repair and replacement services;

on-street parking meter collection and other forms of parking enforcement services;

valet services, including vehicle staging, doorman/bellman services and valet tracking systems with text-for-car capabilities;

remote parking management services using technology that enables us to monitor parking operations from a remote, off-
site location and provide 24-hour-a-day customer assistance (including remedying equipment malfunctions);

innovative and environmentally compliant facility maintenance services, including power sweeping and washing, painting 
and general repairs, as well as cleaning and seasonal services;

comprehensive security services including the training and hiring of security officers and patrol, as well as customized 
services and technology that are efficient and appropriate for the property involved; and 

•  multi-platform marketing services including SP+ branded websites which offer clients a unique platform for marketing their 

facilities, mobile apps, search marketing, email marketing and social media campaigns.

Industry Overview

Overview

The parking management, ground transportation services and baggage service industries are large and fragmented.  A substantial 
number of companies in these industries offer parking management services, ground transportation services and baggage services 
as non-core operations, and companies in these industries are large national competitors or small, private and operate in limited 
markets  and  geographies.  Additionally,  technological  advancements  are  having  an  impact  on  both  consumer  behavior  and 
information technology in these industries. From time to time, smaller operators find they lack the financial resources, economies 
of scale and/or management techniques required to compete for the business of increasingly sophisticated clients and the increasing 
demands of clients.  We expect this trend to continue and will provide larger professional service companies with greater opportunities 
to expand their businesses and acquire smaller operators. We also expect that small new operators will continue to enter the market 
as they have in the past.

3

Industry Operating Arrangements

Professional service businesses operate primarily under two general types of arrangements, which include:

Management Type Contracts

Under management type contracts, the professional service operator generally receives a fixed and/or variable monthly fee for 
providing services and may receive an incentive fee based on the achievement of certain performance objectives. Professional 
service operators also generally charge fees for various ancillary services such as accounting support services, equipment leasing 
and consulting. Primary responsibilities under a management type contract include hiring, training and staffing personnel, and 
providing revenue collection, accounting, record-keeping, insurance and marketing services. The client is usually responsible for 
operating expenses associated with the client's operations, such as taxes, license and permit fees, insurance costs, payroll and 
accounts receivable processing and wages of personnel assigned to the operation, although some management type contracts, 
typically referred to as "reverse" management type contracts, require the professional service operator to pay certain of these cost 
categories but provide for payment to the operator of a larger management fee. Under a management type contract, the client 
usually is responsible for non-routine maintenance and repairs and capital improvements of the operation facility or location, such 
as structural and significant mechanical repairs. Management type contracts are typically for a term of one to three years (although 
the contracts may be terminated and may contain renewal clauses).

Lease Type Contracts

Under lease type contracts, the services operator generally pays to the client or property owner a fixed base rent or fee, percentage 
rent that is tied to the financial performance of the operation, or a combination of both. The professional services operator collects 
all  revenue  and  is  responsible  for  most  operating  expenses,  but  typically  is  not  responsible  for  major  maintenance,  capital 
expenditures or real estate taxes. In contrast to management type contracts, lease type contracts typically have longer terms of 
three to ten years, and often contain a renewal term and provide for a fixed payment to the client regardless of the facility's operating 
earnings. Many of these lease type contracts may be canceled by the client for various reasons, including development of the real 
estate for other uses, and other leases may be canceled by the client on as little as 30 days' notice without cause. Lease type 
contracts generally require larger capital investment by the services operator than do management type contracts and therefore 
tend to have longer contract periods.

General Business Trends

We  believe  that  our  clients  recognize  the  potential  for  parking  services,  parking  management,  ground  transportation  services, 
baggage services and other ancillary services to be a profit generator and/or a service differentiator to their respective customers.  
By outsourcing these services, they are able to capture additional profit and enhance the customer experience by leveraging the 
unique operational skills and controls that an experienced services company can offer. Our ability to consistently deliver a uniformly 
high level of services to our clients, including the use of various technological enhancements, allows us to maximize the profit and 
enhance the customer experience for our clients, thereby improving our ability to win contracts and retain existing clients.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe we have the following key competitive strengths:

• 

A Leading Market Position with a Unique Value Proposition.    We are one of the leading providers of parking management, 
ground  transportation  services,  baggage  services  and  other  ancillary  services  to  commercial,  hospitality,  institutional, 
municipal and government, airports, airlines and cruise line clients across North America. These services include on-site 
parking management, valet parking, ground transportation services, facility maintenance, event logistics, baggage related 
services, remote airline check-in services, security services, municipal meter revenue collection and enforcement services, 
and consulting services.  We market and offer many of our services under our SP+ and Bags® brands, which reflect our 
ability to provide customized solutions and meet the varied demands of our diverse client base. We can augment our 
parking services by providing our clients with related services through our SP+ Parking, SP+ Facility Maintenance, SP
+ GAMEDAY, SP+ Transportation, SP+ Event Logistics, Bags® and, in certain sections of the United States and Canada, 
SP+  Security  service  lines,  thus  enabling  our  clients  to  efficiently  address  various  needs  through  a  single  vendor 
relationship. We believe our ability to offer a comprehensive range of services on a national basis is a significant competitive 
advantage and allows our clients to attract, service and retain customers, gain access to the breadth and depth of our 
service and process expertise, leverage our significant technology capabilities and enhance their financial operations and 
customer experience. 

•  Our Scale and Diversification.    Expanding our client base, industry vertical markets and geographic locations has enabled 
us to significantly enhance our operating efficiency over the past several years by standardizing processes and managing 
overhead. The ability to use our scale and purchasing power with vendors drives cost savings and benefits to our client 
base.

  Client  Base.  Our  clients  include  some  of  North America's  largest  private  and  public  owners,  municipalities, 
managers  and  developers  of  major  office  buildings,  residential  properties,  commercial  properties,  shopping 
centers and other retail properties, sports and special event complexes, hotels and resorts, healthcare facilities 
and medical centers, airports, airlines and cruise lines. 

4

Industry Vertical Markets.  We believe that our industry vertical market diversification, such as commercial real 
estate, residential communities, hotels and resorts, airports, airlines, cruise lines, healthcare facilities and medical 
centers, seaports, municipalities and government facilities, commercial real estate, residential communities, retail 
operations, large event venues, and colleges and universities, allows us to minimize our exposure to industry-
specific  seasonality  and  volatility.  We  believe  that  the  breadth  of  end-markets  we  serve  and  the  depths  and 
diversity of services we offer to those end-markets provide us with a broader base of clients that we can target.

  Geographic Locations.  We have a diverse geographic footprint that includes operations in 45 states, the District 

of Columbia, Puerto Rico and three Canadian provinces as of December 31, 2019. 

• 

• 

• 

Stable Client Relationships.    We have a track record of providing our clients with consistent, value-added and high quality 
services and customer experience.  We continue to see a trend in outsourcing to professional service providers; we believe 
this trend has meaningful benefits to companies like ours, which has a national footprint and scale, extensive industry 
experience, broad process capabilities, and a demonstrated ability to create value for our clients.

Established  Platform  for  Future  Growth.    We  have  invested  resources  and  developed  a  national  infrastructure  and 
technology platform that is complemented by significant management expertise, which enables us to scale our business 
for future growth effectively and efficiently.  We have the ability to transition into local service operations very quickly, from 
the simplest to the most complex operation, and have experience working with incumbent professional service operators 
to implement smooth and efficient takeovers and integrate new local professional service operations seamlessly into our 
existing operations.

Predictable Business Model.    We believe that our business model provides us with a measure of insulation from broader 
economic cycles, because a significant portion of our locations operate on management type contracts that, for the most 
part, are not dependent upon the financial performance of the client's operation. 

•  Highly Capital Efficient Business with Attractive Cash Flow Characteristics.    Our business generates attractive cash flow 

due to negative working capital dynamics and our low capital expenditure requirements. 

• 

• 

Focus on Operational Excellence and Human Capital Management.    Our culture and training programs place a continuing 
focus on excellence in the execution of all aspects of day-to-day operations. This focus is reflected in our ability to deliver 
to  our  clients  professional,  high-quality  services  through  well-trained,  service-oriented  personnel,  which  we  believe 
differentiates us from our competitors. To support our focus on operational excellence, we manage our human capital 
through a comprehensive, structured program that evaluates the competencies and performance of all of our key operations 
and administrative support personnel on an annual basis.  We have also dedicated significant resources to human capital 
management, providing comprehensive training for our employees, delivered primarily through the use of our web-based 
SP+ University™ learning management system, which promotes  customer  service and  client retention  in  addition  to 
providing our employees with continued training and career development opportunities.

Focus on Operational Compliance and Safety Initiatives.    Our culture and training programs continue to focus on various 
compliance and safety initiatives and disciplines throughout the organization, as we implement an integrated approach 
for continuous improvement in our risk and safety programs.  We have also dedicated significant resources to our risk and 
safety programs by providing comprehensive training for our employees, delivered primarily through the use of our web-
based SP+ University™ learning management system, on-site training and our SP+irit in Safety newsletters.  

Our Growth Strategy

Building on these competitive strengths, we believe we are well positioned to execute on the following growth strategies:

•  Grow Our Business in Existing Geographic Markets.    A component of our strategy is to capitalize on economies of scale 
and operating efficiencies by expanding our business in our existing geographic markets, especially in our core markets. 
As a given geographic market achieves a threshold operational size, we typically will establish a local office in order to 
promote increased operating efficiency by enabling local managers to use a common staff for recruiting, training and 
human  resources  support. The  concentration  of  our  operating  locations  allows  for  increased  operating  efficiency  and 
superior levels of customer service and retention through the accessibility of local managers and support resources.

• 

Increase Penetration in Our Current Industry Vertical Markets.    We believe that a significant opportunity exists for us to 
further expand our presence into certain industry vertical markets, such as airports and aviation, colleges and universities, 
healthcare, municipalities, hospitality and event services. In order to effectively target these markets, we have implemented 
a go-to-market strategy of aligning our business by industry vertical markets and branding our domain expertise through 
our SP+ and Bags® designations to highlight the specialized expertise, competencies and services that we provide to 
meet the needs of each particular industry and customer. Our recognized SP+ brand, which emphasizes our specialized 
market expertise and distinguishes our ancillary service lines from traditional parking, includes a broad array of our operating 
divisions such as, SP+ Commercial Services, SP+ Airport Services, SP+ GAMEDAY, SP+ Healthcare Services, SP
+ Hospitality Services, SP+ Municipal Services, SP+ Office Services, SP+ Residential Services, SP+ Retail Services, 
and  SP+  University  Services,  that  further  highlight  the  market-specific  subject  matter  expertise  that  enables  our 
professionals to meet the varied demands of our clients. 

5

 
• 

Expand and Cross-Sell Additional Services to Drive Incremental Revenue.    We believe we have significant opportunities 
to further strengthen our relationships with existing clients, and to attract new clients, by continuing to cross-sell value-
added services that complement our core service operations.

•  Grow and Expand Cross-Selling Bags Services.    Bags® is a leading provider of baggage services, remote airline check-
in services, and other related services, primarily to airline, airport, sea ports, cruise lines and hotels and resorts. Bags 
combines  exceptional  customer  service  with  innovative  technologies  to  provide  these  value-add  client  and  customer 
services. We believe the acquisition of Bags allows us to further cross-sell the aforementioned services that Bags provides 
to our existing clients within the aviation, hospitality and commercial markets and to cross-sell parking services and ground 
transportation services and other ancillary services to our existing Bags® clients. Our emphasis on these innovative services 
will continue to drive value with our clients and allow us to expand our footprint into multiple markets. 

• 

• 

• 

Expand Our Geographic Platform.    We believe that opportunities exist to further develop new geographic markets through 
new  contracts,  acquisitions,  alliances,  joint  ventures  or  partnerships.  Clients  that  outsource  the  management  of  their 
operations  and  professional  services  often  have  a  presence  in  a  variety  of  urban  markets  and  seek  to  outsource  the 
management of their operations to a national provider. We continue to focus on leveraging relationships with existing 
clients that have locations in multiple markets as one potential entry point into developing new core markets.

Focus on Operational Efficiencies to Further Improve Profitability.    We have invested substantial resources in information 
technology and regularly seek to consolidate various corporate functions where possible in order to improve our processes 
and service offerings. In addition, we will continue to evaluate and improve our human capital management to ensure a 
consistent and high-level of service for our clients. The initiatives undertaken to date in these areas have improved our 
cost structure and enhanced our financial strength, which we believe will continue to yield future benefits. SP+ Remote 
Management Services allows us to provide remote management services, whereby personnel are able to monitor revenue 
and  other  aspects  of  an  operation  and  provide  24-hour-a-day  customer  assistance  (including  remedying  equipment 
malfunctions at a facility) by using off-site personnel and equipment. We have begun expanding the facilities where our 
remote management technology is installed. We expect this business to grow as clients focus on improving the profitability 
of their operations by decreasing labor costs at their locations through remote management services.

Pursue Opportunistic, Strategic Acquisitions.    The outsourced professional services industry remains fragmented and 
presents a significant opportunity for us. Given the scale in our existing operating platform, we have a demonstrated ability 
to successfully identify, acquire and integrate strategic acquisitions such as Bags.  We will continue to selectively pursue 
acquisitions and joint venture investment opportunities that help us acquire scale or further enhance our service capabilities.

•  Grow and Expand the Hospitality Business.    SP+ Hospitality Services is a leader in the hospitality and valet industries, 
and management continues to believe there is significant opportunity to use SP+'s capabilities to further develop a national 
hospitality business. Our objective is to focus on the most important aspects of the business promptly upon obtaining a 
new location, from the first contact with a potential customer to the execution of our services. Given the importance of 
neat, clean and polite service, the success of our valet business is dependent upon ensuring that its associates deliver 
excellent service every day. To accomplish this objective, our SP+ University Services™ provides training to its valet 
associates. SP+ University Services™ continuously provides training to our valet professionals to become an integrated 
extension of our clients' staff and blend seamlessly into the overall hospitality experience. 

Business Development

Our efforts to attract new clients are primarily concentrated in and coordinated by a dedicated business development group, whose 
background and expertise is in the field of sales and marketing. This business development group is responsible for forecasting 
sales, maintaining a pipeline of prospective and existing clients, initiating contacts with such clients, and then following through to 
coordinate meetings involving those clients and the appropriate members of our operations hierarchy. By concentrating our sales 
efforts through this dedicated group, we enable our operations personnel to focus on achieving excellence in our operations, and 
maximizing our clients' profits, enhancing customer experience, and increasing our own profitability.

We also place a specific focus on marketing and relationship efforts that pertain to those clients or prospective clients having a 
large regional or national presence.  Accordingly, we assign dedicated executives to these clients or prospective clients to manage 
the overall relationship, as well as to reinforce existing and develop new account relationships, and to take any other action that 
may further our business development interests.

Competition

We  face  competition  from  large  national  competitors  and  numerous  smaller,  locally  owned  independent  professional  service 
providers and operators, offering an array of services and professional service solutions, which may include developers, hotels and 
resorts, airports, airlines, cruise lines, national services companies and other institutions that may elect to internally manage their 
own professional service offerings.  Additionally, technological factors that improve ride-sharing capabilities and the increase the 
use of parking aggregators can impact our parking and parking management business. Some of our present and potential competitors 
have or may obtain greater financial and marketing resources than we have, which may negatively impact our ability to retain 
existing contracts and gain new contracts. We also face significant competition in our efforts to provide ancillary services such as 
shuttle bus services and on-street parking enforcement because of the number of large companies that specialize in these services. 

6

We believe that we compete for management contract type clients based on a variety of factors, including fees charged for services, 
ability to generate revenues and control expenses for clients, accurate and timely reporting of operational results, providing high 
quality customer service and customer experience, and the ability to anticipate and respond to industry changes.  Factors that affect 
our ability to compete for lease contract type locations include the ability to make financial commitments, long-term financial stability, 
and the ability to generate revenues and control expenses. Factors affecting our ability to compete for employees include wages, 
benefits and working conditions.

Support Operations

We maintain regional and city offices throughout the United States, Canada and Puerto Rico. These offices serve as the centralized 
locations through which we provide the employees to staff our professional services as well as the on-site and support management 
staff to oversee those operations. Our administrative staff accountants are primarily based in those same offices and facilitate the 
efficient, accurate and timely production and delivery of client deliverables, such as monthly reporting, invoicing, etc.  Having these 
all-inclusive operations and accounting teams located in regional and city offices throughout the United States, Canada and Puerto 
Rico allows us to add new professional services for new and existing clients in a seamless and cost-efficient manner.

Our overall basic corporate functions in the areas of finance, human resources, risk management, legal, purchasing and procurement, 
general administration, strategy and information technology are based in our Chicago corporate office and the Nashville and Orlando 
support offices.

Employees

As of December 31, 2019, we employed approximately 23,900 individuals, including 14,700 full-time and 9,200 part-time employees. 
Approximately 28% of our employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements and represented by labor unions, which 
include various local operational employees. Various union locals represent local operational employees in the following cities: 
Akron (OH), Arlington, Baltimore, Birmingham, Boston, Buffalo, Burbank, Chicago, Cincinnati, Cleveland, Dallas, Denver, Detroit, 
Kansas City, Las Vegas, Los Angeles, Manchester (NH), Meadowlands, Miami, New York City, Newark, Oakland, Ontario (Canada), 
Orlando, Oxon Hill, Philadelphia, Pittsburgh, Portland, Richmond, San Diego, San Francisco, San Jose, San Juan (Puerto Rico), 
Santa Monica, Seattle, Washington, D.C. and Windsor Locks. 

We are frequently engaged in collective bargaining negotiations with various union locals. No single collective bargaining agreement 
covers a material number of our employees. We believe that our employee relations are generally good.

Insurance

We  purchase  comprehensive  liability  insurance  covering  certain  claims  that  occur  in  the  operations  that  we  lease  or  manage 
including coverage for general/garage liability, garage keepers legal liability, and auto liability. In addition, we purchase workers' 
compensation insurance for all eligible employees and umbrella/excess liability coverage. Under our various liability and workers' 
compensation insurance policies, we are obligated to pay directly or reimburse the insurance carrier for the deductible / retention 
amount for each loss covered by our general/garage liability, our automobile liability, our workers' compensation, and our garage 
keepers legal liability policy. As a result, we are effectively self-insured for all claims up to the deductible / retention amount for each 
loss. We also purchase property insurance that provides coverage for loss or damage to our property and in some cases our clients' 
property, as well as business interruption coverage for lost operating income and certain associated expenses. Because of the size 
of the operations covered and our claims experience, we purchase insurance policies at prices that we believe represent a discount 
to the prices that would typically be charged to our clients on a stand-alone basis. The clients for whom we provide professional 
services pursuant to management type contracts have the option of purchasing their own liability insurance policies (provided that 
we are named as an additional insured party), but historically most of our clients have chosen to obtain insurance coverage by 
being named as additional insureds under our master liability insurance policies. Pursuant to our management type contracts, we 
charge those clients insurance-related costs.

We provide group health insurance with respect to eligible full-time employees (whether they work at leased facilities, managed 
facilities or in our support offices). We self-insure the cost of the medical claims for these participants up to a stop-loss limit. Pursuant 
to our management type contracts, we charge those clients insurance-related costs.

Regulation

Our business is subject to numerous federal, state and local laws and regulations, and in some cases, municipal and state authorities 
directly regulate or impose extensive governmental restrictions concerning automobile capacity, pricing, structural integrity and 
certain prohibited practices. Additionally, many cities impose a tax or surcharge on parking services, which generally range from 
10% to 50% of revenues collected. We collect and remit sales/parking taxes and file tax returns for and on behalf of our clients and 
ourselves. We are affected by laws and regulations that may impose a direct assessment on us for failure to remit sales/parking 
taxes or to file tax returns for ourselves and on behalf of our clients.

Under various federal, state and local environmental laws, ordinances and regulations, a current or previous owner or operator of 
real property may be liable for the costs of removal or remediation of hazardous or toxic substances on, under or in such property. 
Such laws typically impose liability without regard to whether the owner or operator knew of, or was responsible for, the presence 
of such hazardous or toxic substances. In connection with the operation of parking facilities, we may be potentially liable for any 
such costs.

7

Several state and local laws have been passed in recent years that encourage car-pooling and the use of mass transit or impose 
certain restrictions on automobile usage. These types of laws have adversely affected our revenues and could continue to do so 
in the future. For example, New York City and Boston imposed restrictions in the wake of terrorist attacks, which included street 
closures, traffic flow restrictions and a requirement for passenger cars entering certain bridges and tunnels to have more than one 
occupant  during  the  morning  rush  hour.  It  is  possible  that  cities  could  enact  new  or  additional  measures  such  as  higher  tolls, 
increased  taxes  and  vehicle  occupancy  requirements  in  certain  circumstances,  which  could  adversely  impact  us.  We  are  also 
affected by zoning and use restrictions and other laws and regulations that are common to any business that deals with real estate.

In addition, we are subject to laws generally applicable to businesses, including, but not limited to federal, state and local regulations 
relating  to  wage  and  hour  matters,  employee  classification,  mandatory  healthcare  benefits,  unlawful  workplace  discrimination, 
human rights laws and whistle blowing. Several cities in which we have operations either have adopted or are considering the 
adoption of so-called "living wage" ordinances, which could adversely impact our profitability by requiring companies that contract 
with local governmental authorities and other employers to increase wages to levels substantially above the federal minimum wage. 
In addition, we are subject to provisions of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, as amended ("OSHA"), and related 
regulations. Any actual or alleged failure to comply with any regulation applicable to our business or any whistle-blowing claim, 
even if without merit, could result in costly litigation, regulatory action or otherwise harm our business, financial condition and results 
of operations.

In connection with ground transportation services and certain airline and cruise line transportation, baggage services and remote 
airline  check-in  services  provided  to  our  clients,  the  U.S.  Department  of  Transportation,  including  the  Transportation  Security 
Administration (the "TSA"), the Federal Aviation Administration (the "FAA") and Department of Homeland Security, and various 
federal and state agencies, exercise broad powers over these certain transportation services, including shuttle bus operations, 
baggage delivery services, and remote airline check-in, licensing and authorizations, safety, training and insurance requirements. 
Our  employees  must  also  comply  with  the  various  safety  and  fitness  regulations  promulgated  by  the  U.S.  Department  of 
Transportation and other federal agencies, including those related to minimum training hours and requirements, drug and alcohol 
testing and service hours. We may become subject to new and more restrictive federal and state regulations. Compliance with such 
regulations may increase our operating costs. 

Regulations by the FAA may affect our business. The FAA generally prohibits parking within 300 feet of airport terminals during 
times of heightened alert. The 300 foot rule and new regulations may prevent us from using a number of existing spaces during 
heightened security alerts at airports. Reductions in the number of parking spaces may reduce our gross profit and cash flow for 
both our leased facilities and those facilities we operate under management type contracts.

Various other governmental regulations affect our operation of property or facility, both directly and indirectly, including the Americans 
with Disabilities Act (the "ADA"). Under the ADA, all public accommodations, including parking facilities, are required to meet certain 
federal requirements related to access and use by disabled persons. For example, the ADA requires parking facilities to include 
handicapped spaces, headroom for wheelchair vans, attendants' booths that accommodate wheelchairs and elevators that are 
operable by disabled persons. When negotiating management type contracts and lease type contracts with clients, we generally 
require that the property owner contractually assume responsibility for any ADA liability in connection with the property or facility. 
There can be no assurance, however, that the property owner has assumed such liability for any given property or that we would 
not be held liable despite assumption of responsibility for such liability by the property owner. Management believes that the parking 
facilities we operate are in substantial compliance with ADA requirements.

We are also subject to consumer credit laws and credit card industry rules and regulations relating to the processing of credit card 
transactions, including the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act and the Payment Card Data Security Standard. These laws 
and industry standards impose substantial financial penalties for non-compliance.

Intellectual Property

SP Plus® and the SP+® and the SP+ logo, SP+ GAMEDAY®, Innovation In Operation®, Standard Parking® and the Standard 
Parking  logo,  CPC®,  Central  Parking  System®,  Central  Parking  Corporation®,  USA  Parking®,  Focus  Point  Parking®, Allright 
Parking®  and  Bags®,  are  service  marks  registered  with  the  United  States  Patent  and Trademark  Office.  In  addition,  we  have 
registered the names and, as applicable, the logos of all of our material subsidiaries and divisions as service marks with the United 
States Patent and Trademark Office or the equivalent state registry. We invented the Multi-Level Vehicle Parking Facility musical 
Theme Floor Reminder System. We have also registered the copyright rights in our proprietary software, such as Client View©, 
Hand Held Program©, License Plate Inventory Programs© and ParkStat© with the United States Copyright Office. We also own 
the URL parking.com and maketraveleasier.com. We deem our registered service marks to be important, but not critical, to our 
business and marketing efforts.

Corporate Information

Our Annual Report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports 
filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) are available free 
of charge at www.spplus.com as soon as reasonably practicable after we file such material with, or furnish it to, the Securities and 
Exchange Commission ("SEC"). We provide references to our website for convenience, but our website is not incorporated into 
this or any of our other filings with the SEC.

8

Item 1A.    Risk Factors

The following discussion of risk factors contains forward-looking statements. These risk factors may be important to understanding 
any  statement  in  this  Form 10-K  or  elsewhere.  The  following  information  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  Part II,  Item 7. 
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations"  and  the  Consolidated  Financial 
Statements and related notes in Part IV, Item 15. "Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules" of this Form 10-K.

The business, financial condition and operating results of the Company can be affected by a number of factors, whether currently 
known or unknown, including but not limited to those described below. Any one or more of such factors could directly or indirectly 
cause the Company's actual results of operations and financial condition to vary materially from past or anticipated future results 
of operations and financial condition. Any of these factors, in whole or in part, could materially and adversely affect the Company's 
business, financial condition, results of operations and stock price.

Because of the following factors, as well as other factors affecting the Company's financial condition and operating results, past 
financial  performance  should  not  be  considered  to  be  a  reliable  indicator  of  future  performance,  and  investors  should  not  use 
historical trends to anticipate results or trends in future periods.

We are subject to intense competition that could constrain our ability to gain business and adversely impact our profitability.

Competition is intense in the parking facility management, valet, ground transportation services, event management and baggage 
delivery businesses including other ancillary services that we offer.  Providers of similar services have traditionally competed on 
the  basis  of  cost  and  quality  of  service.   As  we  have  worked  to  establish  ourselves  as  a  leader  of  the  industry,  we  compete 
predominately on the basis of high levels of service and strong relationships.  We may not be able to, or may choose not to compete 
with certain competitors on the basis of price.  As a result, a greater proportion of our clients may switch to other service providers 
or elect to self-manage the services we provide.

The low cost of entry into these businesses has led to strongly competitive, fragmented markets consisting of various sized entities, 
ranging from small local or single lot operators to large regional and national businesses and multi-facility operators, as well as 
governmental entities and companies that can perform themselves, one or more of the services we provide.  Regional and local-
owned and operated companies may have additional insights into local or smaller markets and significantly lower labor and overhead 
costs, providing them with a competitive advantage in those regards.  Competitors may also be able to adapt more quickly to 
changes in customer requirements, devote greater resources to the promotion and sale of their services or develop technology that 
is as or more successful than our technology. 

We provide nearly all of our services under contracts, many of which are obtained through competitive bidding, and many of our 
contracts require that our clients pay certain costs at specified rates.  Our management type contracts are typically for a term of 
one to three years, although the contracts may be terminated by the client, without cause, on 30-days' notice or less, giving clients 
regular opportunities to attempt to negotiate a reduction in fees or other allocated costs. Any loss of a significant number of clients 
could  in  the  aggregate  materially  adversely  affect  our  operating  results.  We  may  experience  higher  operating  costs  related  to 
changes in laws and regulations regarding employee benefits, employee minimum wage, and other entitlements promulgated by 
federal, state and local governments or as a result of increased local wages necessary to attract employees due to changes in the 
unemployment rate.  If actual costs exceed the rates specified in the contacts or we are unable to renegotiate our specified rates 
in our contracts, our profitability may be negatively affected. Furthermore, these strong competitive pressures could impede our 
success in bidding for profitable business and our ability to maintain or increase prices even as costs rise, thereby reducing margins.

Changing consumer preferences and legislation may lead to a decline in parking demand, which could have a material 
adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Ride sharing services such as Uber and Lyft and car sharing services like Zipcar, along with the potential for driverless cars, may 
lead to a decline in parking demand in cities and urban areas. While we devote considerable effort and resources to analyzing and 
responding to consumer preference and changes in the markets in which we operate, consumer preferences cannot be predicted 
with certainty and can change rapidly. Changes in consumer behaviors by using mobile phone applications and on-line parking 
reservation  services  that  help  drivers  reserve  parking  with  garage,  lots  and  individual  owner  spaces  cannot  be  predicted  with 
certainty and could change current customers' parking preferences which may have an impact on the price customers are willing 
to pay. Additionally, urban congestion and congestion pricing due to the aforementioned ride sharing services, or state and local 
laws that have been or may be passed encouraging carpooling and use of mass transit systems, may negatively impact parking 
demand and pricing that a customer would be willing to pay. If we are unable to anticipate and respond to trends in the consumer 
marketplace and the industry, including, but not limited to, market displacement by livery service companies, car sharing companies 
and changing technologies, it could have a material and adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 
In addition, several state and local laws have been passed in recent years that encourage the use of carpooling and mass transit.  
In the future, local, state and federal environmental regulatory authorities may pursue or continue to pursue, measures related to 
climate change and greenhouse gas emissions which may have the effect of decreasing the number of cars being driven. Such 
laws or regulations could adversely impact the demand for our services and ultimately our business.

9

Our business success depends on our ability to preserve client relationships. 

We primarily provide services pursuant to agreements that are cancelable by either party upon 30-days’ notice. As we generally 
incur initial costs on new contracts, our business associated with long-term client relationships is generally more profitable than 
short-term client relationships. Managing our existing client relationships, including those client relationships acquired as part of a 
business acquisition, is an important factor in contributing to our business success.  If we lose a significant number of existing 
clients, or fail to win new clients, our profitability could be negatively impacted, even if we gain equivalent revenues from new clients 
or through client relationships acquired by acquisition.

We may have difficulty obtaining coverage for certain insurable risks or coverage for certain insurable risks at a 
reasonable cost.

We use a combination of insured and self-insured programs to cover workers' compensation, general/garage liability, automobile 
liability,  property  damage,  healthcare  and  other  insurable  risks  and  we  provide  liability  and  workers'  compensation  insurance 
coverage, consistent with our obligations to our clients under our various contracts.  We are responsible for claims in excess of our 
insurance policies' limits, and while we endeavor to purchase insurance coverage that is appropriate to our assessment of risk, we 
are unable to predict with certainty the frequency, nature or magnitude of claims or direct or consequential damages.  If our insurance 
proves to be inadequate or unavailable our business may be negatively affected.

Recent consolidation within the insurance industry could impact our ability to obtain or renew policies at competitive rates. Should 
we be unable to obtain or renew our excess, umbrella, or other commercial insurance policies at competitive rates, it could have a 
material adverse impact on our business, as would the occurrence of catastrophic uninsured claims or the inability or refusal of our 
insurance carriers to pay otherwise insured claims. 

We are subject to volatility associated with our high deductible and high retention insurance programs, including the 
possibility that changes in estimates of ultimate insurance losses could result in material charges against our 
operating results.

We are obligated to reimburse our insurance carriers for, or pay directly, each loss incurred up to the amount of a specified deductible 
or self-insured retention amount. We also purchase property insurance that provides coverage for loss or damage to our property 
and, in some cases, our clients' property, as well as business interruption coverage for lost operating income and certain associated 
expenses. The deductible or retention applicable to any given loss under the property insurance policies varies based upon the 
insured values and the peril that causes the loss. Our financial statements reflect our funding of all such obligations based upon 
guidance and evaluation received from third-party insurance professionals. There can be no assurance, however, that our actual 
obligations will not exceed the amount presently funded or accrued, in which case we would need to set aside additional funds to 
reserve for any such excess.    

The determination of required insurance reserves is dependent upon significant actuarial judgments.  We use the results of actuarial 
studies to estimate insurance rates and reserves for future periods and adjust reserves as appropriate for the current year and prior 
years.  Changes in insurance reserves as a result of periodic evaluations of the liabilities can cause swings in operating results that 
may not be indicative of the performance of our ongoing business.  Actual experience related to our insurance reserves can cause 
us to change our estimates for reserves, and any such changes may materially impact our results of operations, causing volatility 
in our operating results.  Additionally, our obligations could increase if we receive a greater number of insurance claims, or if the 
severity of, or the administrative costs associated with, those claims generally increases. 

Further, to the extent that we self-insure our losses, deterioration in our loss control and/or our continuing claim management efforts 
could increase the overall costs of claims within our retained limits.  A material change in our insurance costs due to changes in 
the frequency of claims, the severity of claims, the costs of excess/umbrella premiums, regulatory changes, or consolidation within 
the insurance industry could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

Because of the size of the operations covered and our claims experience, we purchase insurance policies at prices that we believe 
represent a discount to the prices that would typically be charged to clients on a stand-alone basis. The clients for whom we provide 
professional services pursuant to management type contracts have the option of purchasing their own liability insurance policies 
(provided that we are named as an additional insured party). Historically, most of our clients have chosen to obtain insurance 
coverage by being named as additional insureds under our master liability insurance policies. Pursuant to our management type 
contracts, we charge those clients an allocated portion of our insurance-related costs.  Our inability to purchase such policies at 
competitive rates or charge clients for such insurance-related costs, could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, 
results of operations or cash flows.

We do not maintain insurance coverage for all possible risks.

We maintain a comprehensive portfolio of insurance policies to help protect us against loss or damage incurred from a wide variety 
of insurable risks. Each year, we review with our third party insurance advisers whether the insurance policies and associated 
coverages that we maintain are sufficient to adequately protect us from the various types of risk to which we are exposed in the 
ordinary course of business. That analysis takes into account various pertinent factors such as the likelihood that we would incur 
a material loss from any given risk, as well as the cost of obtaining insurance coverage against any such risk. We are responsible 
for claims in excess of our insurance policies' limits, and while we endeavor to purchase insurance coverage that is appropriate to 
our assessment of risk, we are unable to predict with certainty the frequency, nature or magnitude of claims or direct or consequential 

10

damages. In addition, there can be no assurance that we will not sustain material losses resulting from an event or occurrence 
where our insurance coverage is believed to be sufficient, but such coverage is either inadequate or we cannot access the coverage.  
Either of these scenarios may result in a material adverse impact on our results of operations.

Our risk management and safety programs may not have the intended effect of allowing us to reduce our insurance costs.

We attempt to mitigate our business and operating risks through the implementation of Company-wide safety and loss control 
programs designed to decrease the incidence of accidents or events that might increase our exposure or liability.  However, there 
can be no assurance that our insurance coverage may be inadequate despite the implementation of Company-wide safety and 
loss control efforts or may not be accessible in certain instances any of which would result in additional costs to us and may adversely 
impact our results of operations. 

Adverse litigation judgments or settlements resulting from legal proceedings in which we may be involved could adversely 
affect our operations and financial condition.

In the normal course of business, we are from time to time involved in various legal proceedings. The outcome of these and any 
other legal proceedings cannot be predicted.  It is possible that an unfavorable outcome of some or all of the matters could cause 
us to incur substantial liabilities that may have a material adverse effect upon our financial condition and results of operations. Any 
significant adverse litigation, judgments or settlements could have a negative effect on our business, financial condition and results 
of operations. Because our business employs a significant number of employees, we incur risks that these individuals will make 
claims against us for violating various employment-related federal, state and local laws. Some or all of these claims may lead to 
litigation, including class action litigation, and there may be negative publicity with respect to any alleged claims.  Additionally, we 
are  subject  to  risks  in  the  states  where  we  have  employees,  including,  for  example,  if  there  are  new  or  unanticipated  judicial 
interpretations of existing laws and of those interpretations are applied to employers on a retroactive basis.  

We  operate  in  a  highly  regulated  environment  and  our  compliance  with  laws  and  regulations,  including  any  changes 
thereto, or our non-compliance with such laws and regulations, may impose significant costs on us.

Under various federal, state and local environmental laws, ordinances and regulations, current or previous owners or operators of 
real property may be liable for the costs of removal or remediation of hazardous or toxic substances on, under or in their properties. 
This applies to properties we either own or operate. These laws typically impose liability without regard to whether the owner or 
operator knew of, or was responsible for, the presence of such hazardous or toxic substances. We may be potentially liable for 
such costs as a result of our operation of parking facilities. Additionally, we hold a partial ownership interest in four parking facilities, 
and companies that we acquired in previous years may have owned a large number of properties that we did not acquire. We may 
now be liable for certain costs as a result of such previous and current ownership. In addition, from time to time we are subject to 
legal claims and regulatory actions involving environmental issues at certain locations or in connection with our operations. The 
cost of defending against claims of liability, or remediation of a contaminated property, could have a material adverse effect on our 
business, financial condition and results of operations.

In connection with ground transportation services and certain transportation and baggage services provided to our clients, including 
shuttle  bus  operations,  baggage  handling  and  delivery  services  and  remote  airline  check-in  services,  the  U.S.  Department  of 
Transportation,  including  the Transportation  Security Administration  (TSA)  and  Department  of  Homeland  Security,  and  various 
federal and state agencies exercise broad powers over these transportation and baggage related services, including, licensing and 
authorizations, safety, training and insurance requirements. Our employees must also comply with the various safety and fitness 
regulations promulgated by the U.S. Department of Transportation and other federal agencies, including those related to minimum 
training hours and requirements, drug and alcohol testing and service hours. We may become subject to new and more restrictive 
federal and state regulations. Compliance with such regulations could hamper our ability to provide qualified drivers and increase 
our operating costs.  There can be no assurance that our compliance with new rules and regulations, directives, anticipated rules 
or other forms of regulatory oversight will not have a material adverse effect on us.

We are also subject to consumer credit laws and credit card industry rules and regulations relating to the processing of credit card 
transactions, including the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act and the Payment Card Data Security Standard. These laws 
and these industry standards impose substantial financial penalties for non-compliance.

In addition, we are subject to laws generally applicable to businesses, including, but not limited, to federal, state and local regulations 
relating  to  data  privacy,  wage  and  hour  matters,  employee  classification,  mandatory  healthcare  benefits,  unlawful  workplace 
discrimination and whistle blowing. Any actual or alleged failure to comply with any regulation applicable to our business or any 
whistle-blowing claim, even if without merit, could result in costly litigation, regulatory action or otherwise harm our business, financial 
condition and results of operations.

We collect and remit sales/parking taxes and file tax returns for and on behalf of ourselves and our clients. We are affected by laws 
and regulations that may impose a direct assessment on us for failure to remit sales/parking taxes and filing of tax returns for 
ourselves and on behalf of our clients.

We cannot predict changes in laws and regulations made by the U.S. President, the U.S. President's administration, or the current 
and  future  U.S.  Congress. Any  such  changes  may  pose  additional  regulatory  burden  and  costs  on  our  business  or  otherwise 
adversely affect our results of operations.

11

Risks relating to our acquisition strategy may adversely impact our results of operations.

In the past, a significant portion of our growth has been generated by acquisitions, and we expect to continue to acquire businesses 
in the future as part of our growth strategy. A slowdown in the pace or size of our acquisitions could lead to a slower growth rate. 
There can be no assurance that any acquisition we make, including Bags, will provide us with any of the benefits that we anticipated 
or anticipate when entering into a transaction, particularly acquisitions in adjacent professional services. The process of integrating 
an acquired business may create unforeseen difficulties and expenses. The areas in which we may face risks in connection with 
any potential acquisition of a business include, but are not limited to:

• 

• 

failure of the acquired business to perform in-line with management expectations or acquisition models;

revenue synergies and our ability to cross-sell service offerings to existing clients may be different than management's 
expectations;

• 

costs of integrating the business or synergies anticipated could be different than management's expectations;

•  management time and focus may be diverted from operating our business to acquisition integration;

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the time frame for integration could be delayed and the related costs may exceed management's expectations;

clients or key employees of an acquired business may not remain, which could negatively impact our ability to grow that 
acquired business;

integration  of  the  acquired  business’s  accounting,  information  technology,  human  resources,  and  other  administrative 
systems may fail to permit effective management and expense reduction;

an acquired entity may not have in place all the necessary controls as required by the SEC and the Public Accounting 
Oversight Board, and implementing such controls, procedures, and policies may fail;

integrating financial reporting policies in compliance with the SEC's requirements and the requirements of other regulatory 
bodies may result in increased costs, time and resources spent on or by our financial personnel;

integrating an acquired entity into our internal control over financial reporting may require and continue to require significant 
time and resources from our management and other personnel and may increase our compliance costs;

additional  indebtedness  incurred  as  a  result  of  an  acquisition  may  adversely  impact  our  financial  position,  results  of 
operations, and cash flows; 

•  we may be subject to additional compliance and other regulatory requirements as a result of the acquired business as a 

result of any new products or services we offer; and

• 

unanticipated or unknown liabilities may arise relating to the acquired business.

Our management type contracts and lease type contracts expose us to certain risks.

The loss or renewal on less favorable terms of a substantial number of management type contracts or lease type contracts could 
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. A material reduction in the operating 
income associated with the integrated services we provide under management type contracts and lease type contracts could have 
a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Our management type contracts are typically 
for a term of one to three years, although the contracts may be terminated, without cause, on 30-days' notice or less, giving clients 
regular opportunities to attempt to negotiate a reduction in fees or other allocated costs. Any loss of a significant number of clients 
could in the aggregate materially adversely affect our operating results.

We are particularly exposed to increases in costs for locations that we operate under lease type contracts because we are generally 
responsible for all the operating expenses of our leased locations. During the first and fourth quarters of each year, seasonality 
generally impacts our performance with regard to moderating revenues, with the reduced levels of travel most clearly reflected in 
the parking activity associated with our airport and hotel businesses as well as increases in certain costs of parking services, such 
as snow removal, all of which negatively affects gross profit.

Deterioration in economic conditions in general could reduce the demand for our services and, as a result, reduce our 
earnings and adversely affect our financial condition.

Adverse changes in global, national and local economic conditions could have a negative impact on our business.  Adverse economic 
conditions may result in client's customers reducing their discretionary spending, which includes travel and leisure spending. Because 
a portion of our revenue is tied to the volume of airline passengers, hotel guests, retail shoppers and sports event attendees, our 
business could be adversely impacted by the curtailment of business travel, personal travel or discretionary spending caused by 
unfavorable  changes  in  economic  conditions  and/or  consumer  confidence. Adverse  changes  in  local,  regional,  national  and 
international economic conditions could depress prices for our services or cause clients to cancel agreements for the services we 
provide to our clients and their customers.   

12

In addition, our business operations tend to be concentrated in large urban areas. Many of our customers are workers who commute 
by car to their places of employment in these urban centers or who use services in the travel and leisure industry. Our business 
could  be  materially  adversely  affected  to  the  extent  that  weak  economic  conditions  or  demographic  factors  could  result  in  the 
elimination of jobs and high unemployment in the large urban areas where our business operations are concentrated. In addition, 
increased unemployment levels, the movement of white-collar jobs from urban centers to suburbs or out of North America entirely, 
increased office vacancies in urban areas, movement toward home office alternatives or lower consumer spending could reduce 
consumer demand for our services.

We are increasingly dependent on information technology, and potential disruption, cyber-attacks, cyber-terrorism and 
security breaches to our technology, or our third-party providers and clients, or the compromise of our data, present risks 
that could harm our business.

We are increasingly centralized and dependent on automated information technology systems to manage and support a variety of 
business processes and activities. In addition, a portion of our business operations is conducted electronically, increasing the risk 
of attack or interception that could cause loss or misuse of data, system failures, disruption of operations, unauthorized malware, 
computer or system viruses, or the compromise of data, such as theft of intellectual property or inappropriate disclosure of confidential, 
proprietary or personal information. 

Furthermore, while we continue to devote significant resources to monitoring and updating our systems and implementing information 
security measures to protect our systems, there can be no assurance that any controls or procedures that we have in place will be 
sufficient to protect us from security breaches.  Improper activities by third parties, exploitation of encryption technology, new data-
hacking tools and discoveries and other events or developments may result in a future compromise or breach of our networks, 
payment card terminals or other payment systems. In particular, the techniques used by criminals to obtain unauthorized access 
to sensitive data change frequently and often are not recognized until they have been deployed against a target. Accordingly, we 
may be unable to anticipate these techniques or implement adequate preventative measures. 

Additionally,  our  systems  could  be  subject  to  damage  or  interruption  from  system  conversions,  power  outages,  computer  or 
telecommunications failures, computer viruses and malicious attack, security breaches and catastrophic events.  If our systems 
are damaged or fail to function properly, we may incur substantial repair and/or replacement costs, experience data loss or theft 
and impediments to our ability to manage customer transactions, which could adversely affect our operations and our results of 
operations. The occurrence of acts of cyber terrorism, such as website defacement, denial of automated payment services, sabotage 
of our proprietary on-demand technology or the use of electronic social media to disseminate unfounded or otherwise harmful 
allegations to our reputation, could have a material adverse effect on our business. Any disruptions to our information technology 
systems,  breaches  or  compromise  of  data  and/or  misappropriation  of  information  could  result  in  lost  sales,  negative  publicity, 
litigation, violation of privacy laws or business interruptions or damage to our reputation that, in turn, could negatively impact our 
financial condition and results of operations. While we maintain insurance coverage that may, subject to policy terms and conditions, 
cover certain aspects of cyber risks, such insurance coverage may be insufficient to cover all losses potentially incurred and would 
not remedy any damage to our reputation.

We do not have control over security measures taken by third-party vendors hired by our clients to prevent unauthorized access 
to electronic and other confidential information. There can be no assurance that other third-party payment processing vendors will 
not suffer a similar attack in the future, that unauthorized parties will not gain access to personal financial information of individuals 
associated with our company, our clients or our client's customers, or that any such incident will be discovered and remedied in a 
timely manner.

The phase-out of the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) could affect interest rates under our existing credit facility 
agreement, hedging activity, as well as our ability to seek future debt financing. 

LIBOR is the basic rate of interest used in lending between banks on the London interbank market and is widely used as a 
reference for setting the interest rates on loans globally. We generally use LIBOR as a reference rate to calculate interest rates 
under our Senior Credit Facility and to establish the floor and ceiling ranges for the interest rate collar contracts that we entered 
into to manage interest rate risk associated with the Senior Credit Facility. 

In 2017, the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority, which regulates LIBOR, announced that it intends to phase 
out LIBOR by the end of 2021. Regulators in various jurisdictions have been working to replace LIBOR and other interbank 
offered rates with reference interest rates that are more firmly based on actual transactions. The U.S. Federal Reserve, in 
conjunction with the Alternative Reference Rates Committee, a steering committee comprised of large U.S. financial institutions, 
has identified the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) that is calculated using short-term repurchase agreements 
backed by Treasury securities, as its preferred alternative to LIBOR. The Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") added 
the Overnight Index Swap Rate based on the SOFR to the list of U.S. benchmark interest rates eligible to be hedged under US 
GAAP and has issued a proposal for consideration that would help facilitate the market transition from existing reference interest 
rates to alternatives.

It is expected that a transition away from the widespread use of LIBOR to alternative rates will occur over the course of the next 
few years. If a published LIBOR is unavailable after 2021, the interest rates under our Senior Credit Facility will be determined 
using various alternative methods, any of which may not be as favorable to us as those in effect prior to any LIBOR phase-
out. In addition, the transition process to an alternative method may involve, among other things, increased volatility or illiquidity 

13

in markets for instruments that currently rely on LIBOR and may also result in reductions in the value of certain instruments or 
the effectiveness of related transactions such as our interest rate collars and any other hedges, increased borrowing costs, 
uncertainty under applicable documentation, or difficult and costly consent processes. Any such effects of the transition away 
from LIBOR, as well as other unforeseen effects, may result in expenses, difficulties, complications or delays in connection with 
future financing efforts, which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of 
operations.

We have incurred indebtedness, and we may incur indebtedness in the future, that could adversely affect our financial 
condition.

Our Senior Credit Facility provides for a senior secured $325.0 million revolving credit facility and a $225.0 million term loan that 
is scheduled to mature in November 2023.  The facility is secured by a lien on all of our assets.  Failure to comply with 
covenants or to meet payment obligations under our Senior Credit Facility could result in an event of default which, if not cured 
or waived, could result in the acceleration of outstanding debt obligations. 

We may incur additional indebtedness in the future, which could cause the related risks to intensify. We may need to refinance all 
or a portion of our indebtedness on or before their respective maturities. We cannot provide assurance that we will be able to 
refinance any of our indebtedness, including indebtedness under our Senior Credit Facility, on commercially reasonable terms or 
at all. If we are unable to refinance our debt, we may default under the terms of our indebtedness, which could lead to an acceleration 
of debt repayment. We do not expect that we could repay all of our outstanding indebtedness if the repayment of such indebtedness 
was accelerated.  If adequate capital is not available to us and our internal sources of liquidity prove to be insufficient, or if future 
financings  require  more  restrictive  covenants,  such  combination  of  events  could  adversely  affect  our  ability  to  (i)  acquire  new 
businesses or enter new markets, (ii) service or refinance our existing debt, (iii) make necessary capital investments and (iv) make 
other expenditures necessary for the ongoing conduct of our business.

Our ability to expand our business will be dependent upon the availability of adequate capital.

The rate of our expansion will depend in part on the availability of adequate capital, which in turn will depend, in large part, on cash 
flow generated by our business and the availability of equity and debt capital. In addition, our credit facility (the "Senior Credit 
Facility")  contains  provisions  that  restrict  our  ability  to  incur  additional  indebtedness  and/or  make  substantial  investments  or 
acquisitions. As a result, we cannot assure you that we will have the ability to obtain adequate capital to expand our business.

The financial difficulties or bankruptcy of one or more of our major clients could adversely affect our results.

Future revenue and our ability to collect accounts receivable depend, in part, on the financial strength of our clients. We estimate 
an  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts,  and  this  allowance  adversely  impacts  profitability.  In  the  event  that  our  clients  experience 
financial difficulty, become unable to obtain financing or seek bankruptcy protection, our profitability would be further impacted by 
our failure to collect accounts receivable in excess of the estimated allowance. Additionally, our future revenue would be reduced 
by the loss of these clients or by the cancellation of lease type contracts or management type contracts by clients in bankruptcy.

Labor disputes could lead to loss of revenues or expense variations.

When one or more of our major collective bargaining agreements becomes subject to renegotiation or we face union organizing 
drives, we may disagree with the union on important issues that, in turn, could lead to a strike, work slowdown or other job actions. 
There can be no assurance that we will be able to renew existing labor union contracts on acceptable terms. In such cases, there 
are no assurances that we would be able to staff sufficient employees for our short-term needs. A strike, work slowdown or other 
job action could in some cases disrupt us from providing services, resulting in reduced revenues. If declines in client service occur 
or if our clients are targeted for sympathy strikes by other unionized workers, contract cancellations could result. The result of 
negotiating a first time agreement or renegotiating an existing collective bargaining agreement could result in a substantial increase 
in labor and benefits expenses that we may be unable to pass through to clients. In addition, potential legislation could make it 
significantly easier for union organizing drives to be successful and could give third-party arbitrators the ability to impose terms of 
collective bargaining agreements upon us and a labor union if we are unable to agree with such union on the terms of a collective 
bargaining  agreement. At  December 31,  2019,  approximately  28%  of  our  employees  were  represented  by  labor  unions  and 
approximately  38%  of  our  collective  bargaining  contracts  are  up  for  renewal  in  2020,  representing  approximately  26%  of  our 
employees. In addition, at any given time, we may face a number of union organizing drives.  When one or more of our major 
collective bargaining agreements becomes subject to renegotiation or when we face union organizing drives, we and the union 
may disagree on important issues that could lead employees to strike, work slowdown, or other job actions.  In a market where we 
are unionized but our competitors are not unionized, we may lose clients as a result.  A strike, work slowdown, or other job actions 
could  disrupt  our  ability  to  provide  services  to  our  clients,  resulting  in  reduced  revenues  or  contract  cancellations.  Moreover, 
negotiating first-time collective bargaining agreements or renewing existing agreements, could result in substantial increases in 
labor and benefit costs that we may not be able to pass through to clients.

In addition, we make contributions to multi-employer benefit plans on behalf of certain employees covered by collective bargaining 
agreements, and we could be responsible for paying unfunded liabilities incurred by such benefit plans, which amount could be 
material.

14

Our business success depends on retaining senior management and attracting and retaining qualified personnel.

Our future performance depends on the continuing services and contributions of our senior management to execute on our acquisition 
and growth strategies and to identify and pursue new opportunities. Our future success also depends, in large part, on our continued 
ability  to  attract  and  retain  qualified  personnel. Any  unplanned  turnover  in  senior  management  or  inability  to  attract  and  retain 
qualified personnel could have a negative effect on our results of operations.

Additionally, we must attract, train and retain a large and growing number of qualified employees while controlling labor costs.  Our 
ability to control labor costs is subject to numerous internal and external factors, including changes in immigration policy, regulatory 
changes, prevailing wage rates, and competition we face from other companies to attract and retain qualified employees.  There 
can be no assurance that we will be able to attract and retain qualified employees in the future, which could have a material adverse 
effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Weather conditions, including natural disasters, pandemic outbreaks or acts of terrorism could disrupt our business and 
services.

Weather  conditions,  including  fluctuations  in  temperatures,  hurricanes,  snow  or  severe  weather  storms,  earthquakes,  drought, 
heavy  flooding,  mud  slides,  large  scale  forest  fires,  natural  disasters,  pandemic  outbreaks  such  as  the  coronavirus,  or  acts  of 
terrorism may cause economic dislocations throughout the country, lead to reduced levels of travel and result in an increase in 
certain costs of providing parking and remote bag check-in and handling services, any of which could negatively affect gross profit. 
In addition, terrorist attacks have resulted in, and may continue to result in, increased government regulation of airlines and airport 
facilities, including the imposition of minimum distances between parking facilities and terminals, resulting in the elimination of 
parking  facilities  we  manage.  We  derive  a  significant  percentage  of  our  gross  profit  from  parking  facilities  and  parking  related 
services in and around airports. The FAA generally prohibits parking within 300 feet of airport terminals during periods of heightened 
security. While the prohibition is not currently in effect, there can be no assurance that this governmental prohibition will not be 
reinstated again in the future. The existing regulations governing parking within 300 feet of airport terminals or future regulations 
may prevent us from using certain parking spaces. Reductions in the number of parking spaces and air travelers may reduce our 
revenue and cash flow from both our leased facilities and those facilities and contracts we operate under management type contracts.

Because our business is affected by weather-related trends, typically in the first and fourth quarters of each year, our 
results may fluctuate from period to period, which could make it difficult to evaluate our business.

Weather conditions, including fluctuations in temperatures, snow or severe weather storms, heavy flooding, hurricanes or natural 
disasters, can negatively impact portions of our business. We periodically have experienced fluctuations in our quarterly results 
arising from a number of factors, including the following:

• 

reduced levels of travel during and as a result of severe weather conditions, which is reflected in lower revenue from our 
services; and

• 

increased cost of services, such as snow removal and longer delivery times for our baggage delivery services.

These factors have typically had negative impacts to our gross profit and could cause gross profit reductions in the future.  As a 
result of these seasonal affects, our revenue and earnings in the second, third and fourth quarters generally tend to be higher than 
revenue and earnings in the first quarter. Accordingly, you should not consider our first quarter results as indicative of results to be 
expected for any other quarter or for any full fiscal year. Fluctuations in our results could make it difficult to evaluate our business 
or cause instability in the market price of our common stock.

Goodwill impairment charges could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Goodwill represents the excess purchase price of acquired businesses over the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities 
assumed. October 1st is the annual impairment assessment date for goodwill. However, we could be required to evaluate the 
recoverability of goodwill prior to the annual assessment if we experience a significant under-performance relative to expected 
historical or projected future operating results, significant changes in the use of acquired assets or our business strategy, and 
significant negative industry or economic trends. If the fair value of one of our reporting units is less than its carrying value, we 
would record impairment for the excess of the carrying amount over the estimated fair value. The valuation of our reporting units 
requires significant judgment in evaluation of recent indicators of market activity and estimated future cash flows, discount rates, 
and other factors. Any impairment could have a material adverse effect on our reported financial results for the period in which the 
charge is taken.

Impairment of long-lived assets may adversely affect our operating results.

We evaluate our long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount 
of such assets may not be recoverable. These events and circumstances include, but are not limited to, a current expectation that 
a long-lived asset will be disposed of significantly before the end of its previously estimated useful life, a significant adverse change 
in the extent or manner in which we use a long-lived asset or a change in its physical condition. When this occurs, a recoverability 
test is performed that compares the projected undiscounted cash flows from the use and eventual disposition of an asset or asset 
group to its carrying amount. If we conclude that the projected undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying amount, impairment 
would be recorded for the excess of the carrying amount over the estimated fair value. The amount of any impairment could have 
a material adverse effect on our reported financial results for the period in which the charge is taken.

15

State and municipal government clients may sell or enter into long-term lease type contracts of parking-related assets 
with our competitors or property owners and developers may redevelop existing locations for alternative uses.

In order to raise additional revenue, a number of state and municipal governments have either sold or entered into long-term lease 
type contracts of public assets or may be contemplating such transactions. The assets that are the subject of such transactions 
have included government-owned parking garages located in downtown commercial districts and parking operations at airports. 
The sale or long-term leasing of such government-owned parking assets to our competitors or clients of our competitors could have 
a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.  

Additionally, property owners and developers may elect to redevelop existing locations for alternative uses other than parking or 
significantly reduce the number of existing spaces used for parking at those facilities in which we either lease through a lease type 
contract or operate through a management type contract.  Reductions in the number of parking spaces or potential loss of contracts 
due to redevelopment by property owners may reduce our gross profit and cash flow for both our lease type contracts and those 
facilities or contracts we operate under management type contracts.  

The sureties for our performance bond program may elect not to provide us with new or renewal performance bonds for 
any reason.

As is customary in the industry, a surety provider can refuse to provide a bond principal with new or renewal surety bonds. If any 
existing or future surety provider refuses to provide us with surety bonds, either generally or because we are unwilling or unable 
to post collateral at levels sufficient to satisfy the surety's requirements, there can be no assurance that we would be able to find 
alternate providers on acceptable terms, or at all. Our inability to provide surety bonds could also result in the loss of existing 
contracts. Failure to find a provider of surety bonds, and our resulting inability to bid for new contracts or renew existing contracts, 
could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

Federal health care reform legislation may adversely affect our business and results of operations.

We provide health care and other benefits to employees.  In certain circumstances, we charge our clients insurance-related 
costs. Costs for health care have increased more rapidly than the general inflation in the U.S. economy. If this trend in health 
care continues and we are unable to raise the rates we charge our clients to cover expenses incurred due to the Patient 
Protection and Affordable Care Act or other healthcare initiatives, our operating profit could be negatively impacted.

Changes in tax laws or rulings could materially affect our financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.

We are subject to income and non-income tax laws in the United States (federal, state and local) and other foreign jurisdictions, 
which  include  Canada  and  Puerto  Rico.  Changes  in  tax  laws,  regulations,  tax  rulings,  administrative  practices  or  changes  in 
interpretations of existing laws, could materially affect our business.  Due to economic and political conditions, tax rates in various 
jurisdictions may be subject to significant change, with or without notice, and the effective tax rate could be affected by changes in 
the mix of earnings in countries with differing statutory tax rates or changes in tax laws or their interpretation, including the United 
States (federal, state and local), Canada and Puerto Rico. Our income tax expense, deferred tax assets and liabilities and our 
effective tax rates could be affected by numerous factors, including the relative amount of our foreign earnings, including earnings 
being lower than anticipated in jurisdictions where we have lower statutory rates and higher than anticipated in jurisdictions where 
we have higher statutory rates, the applicability of special tax regimes, losses incurred in jurisdictions for which we are not able to 
realize  the  related  tax  benefit,  entry  into  new  businesses  or  geographies,  changes  to  our  existing  business  and  operations, 
acquisitions and investments and how they are financed and changes in the relevant tax, accounting and other laws regulation, 
administrative practices, principles and interpretations.  Additionally, adverse changes in the underlying profitability and financial 
outlook of our operations or changes in tax law, as discussed above, could lead to changes in our valuation allowances against 
deferred tax assets on our consolidated balance sheets, which could materially affect our results of operations. 

We are also subject to tax audits and examinations by governmental authorities in the United States (federal, state and local), 
Canada and Puerto Rico. We regularly assess the likelihood of an adverse outcome resulting from these examinations to determine 
the adequacy of its provision for taxes and there can be no assurance as to the outcome of such tax audits and examinations.  
Negative unexpected results from one or more such tax audits or examinations or our failure to sustain our reporting positions on 
examination could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and our effective tax rate.

We have investments in joint ventures and may be subject to certain financial and operating risks with our joint venture 
investments.

We have acquired or invested in a number of joint ventures, and may acquire or enter into joint ventures with additional companies. 
These transactions create risks such as: 

• 

• 

additional operating losses and expenses in the businesses acquired or joint ventures in which we have made investments;

the dependence on the investee's accounting, financial reporting and similar systems, controls and processes of other 
entities whose financial performance is incorporated into our financial results due to our investment in that entity; 

• 

potential unknown liabilities associated with a company we may acquire or in which we invest; 

16

• 

• 

requirements or obligations to commit and provide additional capital, equity, or credit support as required by the joint 
venture agreements; 

inability of the joint venture partner to (1) perform its obligations as a result of financial or other difficulties or (2) provide 
additional capital, equity or credit support under the joint venture agreements; and 

• 

disruption of our ongoing business, including loss of management focus on the business. 

As a result of future acquisitions or joint ventures in which we may invest, we may need to issue additional equity securities, spend 
our cash, or incur debt and contingent liabilities, any of which could reduce our profitability and harm our business. In addition, 
valuations supporting our acquisitions or investments in joint ventures could change rapidly given the global economic environment 
and climate. We could determine that such valuations have experienced impairments, resulting in other-than-temporary declines 
in fair value that could adversely impact our financial results.

Actions of activist investors could disrupt our business. 

Public companies have been the target of activist investors. In the event that a third-party, such as an activist investor, proposes 
to change our governance policies, board of directors, or other aspects of our operations, our review and consideration of such 
proposals  may  create  a  significant  distraction  for  our  management  and  employees. This  could  negatively  impact  our  ability  to 
execute our long-term growth plan and may require our management to expend significant time and resources responding to such 
proposals. Such proposals may also create uncertainties with respect to our financial position and operations and may adversely 
affect our ability to attract and retain key employees.

Item 1B.    Unresolved Staff Comments

Not applicable.

Item 2.    Properties

Our principal support office is located at 200 East Randolph Street, Suite 7700, Chicago, Illinois 60601.

Principal Properties as of December 31, 2019

Location

Character of Office

Approximate Square Feet

Lease Expiration Date

Segment

Chicago, Illinois

Chicago Support Office

Nashville, Tennessee

Nashville Support Office

Orlando, Florida

Orlando Support Office

41,000

25,000

20,100

September 2025

June 2024

November 2024

Other

Other

Other

In addition to the above properties, we have other offices, warehouses and parking facilities in various locations in the United States, 
Canada and Puerto Rico. We believe that these properties are well maintained, in good operating condition, and suitable for the 
purposes for which they are used. 

Item 3.    Legal Proceedings

General 

We are subject to claims and litigation in the normal course of our business, including those related to labor and employment, 
contracts, personal injury and other related matters, some of which allege substantial monetary damages and claims. Some of 
these actions may be brought as class actions on behalf of a class or purported class of employees. While the outcomes of claims 
and legal proceedings brought against us are subject to significant uncertainty, our management believes the final outcome will not 
have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.  

We accrue a charge when our management determines that it is probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability has been 
incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. When a loss is probable, we record an accrual based on the reasonably 
estimable loss or range of loss. When no point of loss is more likely than another, we record the lowest amount in the estimated 
range of loss and disclose the estimated range. We do not record liabilities for reasonably possible loss contingencies, but do 
disclose a range of reasonably possible losses if they are material and we are able to estimate such a range. If we cannot provide 
a range of reasonably possible losses, we explain the factors that prevent us from determining such a range. In addition, we accrue 
for the authoritative judgments or assertions made against us by government agencies at the time of their rendering regardless of 
our intent to appeal. We regularly evaluate current information available to us to determine whether an accrual should be established 
or adjusted. Estimating the probability that a loss will occur and estimating the amount of a loss or a range of loss involves significant 
estimation and judgment.

17

Item 4.    Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

PART II

Item 5.    Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 

Our common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Stock Market LLC under the symbol "SP". 

Holders

As of February 12, 2020, we estimate that there were approximately 7,000 registered holders of our common stock. 

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

On December 31, 2019 we had an amended and restated long-term incentive plan (the "Plan") that was adopted in conjunction 
with our initial public offering in 2004. On March 7, 2018, the Board approved an amendment and restatement of the Plan that 
increased the number of shares of common stock available under the Plan from 2,975,000 to 3,775,000. Company stockholders 
approved the Plan amendment and restatement on May 8, 2018. Under the Plan, we have granted stock options, stock grants and 
issued restricted stock units (RSUs) and performance stock units (PSUs) awards to certain employees. Forfeited and expired options 
under the Plan generally become available for reissuance. Additional information regarding the Plan appears in Note 1. Significant 
Accounting Policies and Practices and Note 7. Stock-Based Compensation to our Consolidated Financial Statements. 

The status of the Plan on December 31, 2019 is as follows:

Number of
Securities to be
Issued Upon
Exercise of
Outstanding
Options,
Warrants
and
Rights (Column A)

Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price of
Outstanding
Options,
Warrants
and
Rights (Column B)

Number of
Securities
Remaining
Available
for Future
Issuance
Under Equity
Compensation
Plans
(Excluding
Securities
Reflected in
Column A)

365,085

$

—

365,085

$

—

—

—

746,816

—

746,816

Plan Category
Equity compensation plans approved by securities
holders (a)
Equity compensation plans not approved by securities
holders

Total

(a) Securities to be issued upon exercise comprise of 153,442 RSUs and 211,623 PSUs. The weighted average exercise price does not take these awards into 
account. There were no stock options or grants outstanding as of December 31, 2019.

Stock Repurchases

The following table provides information about purchases we made during the quarter ended December 31, 2019 of equity 
securities that are registered by us pursuant Section 12 of the Exchange Act:

(millions, except for share and
per share data)

Total Number of
Shares Purchased

Average Price Paid
per Share

Total Number of
Shares Purchased
as Part of Publicly
Announced Plan

Approximate Dollar
Value of Shares
That May Yet be
Purchased Under
the Plan (a)

10/01/2019 through 10/31/2019

11/01/2019 through 11/30/2019

12/01/2019 through 12/31/2019

Total

172,175

$

60,955

143,995

377,125

$

38.20

44.17

43.49

41.19

172,175

$

60,955

143,995

377,125

$

33.7

31.0

24.7

24.7

(a) In May 2016, our Board of Directors authorized us to repurchase in the open market shares of our outstanding common stock in an amount not to exceed $30.0 
million. Under this program, the entire authorized amount was applied to repurchase 988,767 shares of common stock at an average price of $30.30 resulting in completion 
of the program in August 2019. No repurchases were made during the year ended December 31, 2018. In July 2019, our Board of Director's authorized a new program 
to repurchase, on the open market, shares of our outstanding common stock in an amount not to exceed $50.0 million in aggregate.  Under this program we repurchased 
652,000 shares of common stock through December 31, 2019, at an average price of $38.88, resulting in $25.3 million in program-to-date repurchases. 

18

As of December 31, 2019, $24.7 million remained available for repurchase under the July 2019 stock repurchase program. Under 
the program, repurchases of our common stock may be made in open market transactions effected through a broker-dealer at 
prevailing market prices, in block trades, or by other means in accordance with Rules 10b-18, to the extent relied upon, and 10b5-1 
under the Exchange Act at time and prices considered to be appropriate at our discretion. The stock repurchase program does not 
obligate us to repurchase any particular amount of common stock and has no fixed termination date, and may be suspended at 
any time at our discretion

Stock Performance Graph

Company / Index

SP Plus Corporation

S&P 500 Index
S&P SmallCap 600 Commercial &
Professional Services

$

$

$

Years Ended December 31,

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

100.00 $

94.73 $

111.57 $

147.05 $

117.08 $

100.00 $

101.38 $

113.51 $

138.29 $

132.23 $

168.17

173.86

100.00 $

101.29 $

125.55 $

140.44 $

136.77 $

175.63

The performance graph above shows the cumulative total stockholder return of our common stock for the period starting on December 
31,  2014  to  December  31,  2019. This  performance  is  compared  with  the  cumulative  total  returns  over  the  same  period  of  the 
Standard & Poor's 500 Index and the Standard & Poor's SmallCap 600 Commercial and Professional Services Index, which includes 
our direct competitor, ABM Industries Incorporated. The graph assumes that on December 31, 2014, $100 was invested in each of 
the  other  two  indices,  and  assumes  reinvestment  of  dividends.  The  stock  performance  shown  in  the  graph  represents  past 
performance and should not be considered an indication of future performance.

19

Item 6.    Selected Financial Data

The following selected consolidated data should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and the notes 
thereto,  which  are  included  in  Item 15.  "Exhibits  and  Financial  Statement  Schedules"  and  the  information  contained  in  Item 7. 
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  
The results of operations for the historical periods are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for future periods. 
See Item 1A. "Risk Factors" of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a discussion of risk factors that could impact our future results.

(millions)

Statement of Income
Services revenue

Lease type contracts (2)

Management type contracts

Reimbursed management type contract revenue

Total services revenue

Cost of services

Lease type contracts (2)

Management type contracts

Reimbursed management type contract expense

Total cost of services

Gross profit

Lease type contracts

Management type contracts

Total gross profit

General and administrative expenses

Depreciation and amortization

Operating income

Other expense (income)

Interest expense

Interest income

Gain on sale of a business

Equity in (earnings) losses from investment in unconsolidated
entity

Total other expense (income)

Earnings before income taxes

Income tax expense

Net income

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

Net income attributable to SP Plus Corporation

Per Share Data
Basic

Diluted

Balance sheet data (at end of year)
Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets (3)

Total debt (4)

Total stockholders' equity

2019

2018 (1)

2017

2016

2015

Year Ended December 31,

$

408.9

$

413.9

$

563.1

$

545.0

$

526.0

934.9

728.8

361.5

775.4

693.0

348.2

911.3

679.2

346.8

891.8

676.6

570.9

350.3

921.2

650.6

1,663.7

1,468.4

1,590.5

1,568.4

1,571.8

366.9

339.9

706.8
728.8

377.6

213.8

591.4
693.0

518.4

207.6

726.0
679.2

505.6

209.8

715.4
676.6

532.8

218.3

751.1
650.6

1,435.6

1,284.4

1,405.2

1,392.0

1,401.7

42.0

186.1

228.1

109.0

29.4

89.7

18.9

(0.3)

—

—

18.6

71.1

19.4

51.7

2.9

48.8

2.21

2.20

24.1

1,479.6

369.0

$

$

$

$

36.3

147.7

184.0

91.0

17.9

75.1

9.6

(0.4)

—

(10.1)

(0.9)

76.0

19.6

56.4

3.2

53.2

2.38

2.35

39.9

1,072.3

386.7

$

$

$

$

44.7

140.6

185.3

82.9

21.0

81.4

9.2

(0.6)

(0.1)

0.7

9.2

72.2

27.7

44.5

3.3

41.2

1.86

1.83

22.8

762.9

153.8

$

$

$

$

39.4

137.0

176.4

90.0

33.7

52.7

10.5

(0.5)

—

0.9

10.9

41.8

15.8

26.0

2.9

23.1

1.04

1.03

22.2

778.6

195.1

$

$

$

$

373.9

$

368.6

$

313.1

$

268.4

$

$

$

$

$

$

38.1

132.0

170.1

97.3

34.0

38.8

12.7

(0.2)

(0.5)

1.7

13.7

25.1

4.8

20.3

2.9

17.4

0.78

0.77

18.7

784.1

225.1

250.1

(1)    On November 30, 2018, we completed the Acquisition. Our consolidated operations for the year ended December 31, 2018 includes Bags operating results for the 
period of November 30, 2018 through December 31, 2018.  Our consolidated results for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, 2015 and 2014 do not include the 
operating results of Bags.  See Note 3. Acquisition, which is included in Part IV, Item 15. "Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules" for further discussion of the 
Acquisition.

(2)  Reduction of Services revenue - lease type contracts due to the adoption of  Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2017-10, Service Concession Arrangements 
(Topic 853): Determining the Customer of the Operation Services ("Topic 853"), which required rental expense for the periods after January 1, 2018 be presented as a 
reduction  of  Services  revenue  -  lease  type  contracts  for  that  business  (and  corresponding  contracts)  that  meet  the  criteria  and  definition  of  a  service  concession 
arrangement. See Note 5. Revenue of the Consolidated Financial Statements, which is included in Part IV, Item 15. "Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules," for 
further discussion regarding the adoption of Topic 853. 

(3)  Includes right-of-use assets resulting from the adoption of ASU No. 2016-02 Leases (Topic 842), ("Topic 842"), on January 1, 2019.  See Note 2. Leases of the 
Consolidated Financial Statements, which is included in Part IV, Item 15. "Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules" for further discussion regarding the adoption of 
Topic 842.

(4)  Includes finance lease obligations.

20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 7.    Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

This Item 7. "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and other parts of this 
Form 10-K contain forward-looking statements, within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, that 
involve  risks  and  uncertainties.  Forward-looking  statements  provide  current  expectations  of  future  events  based  on  certain 
assumptions and include any statement that does not directly relate to any historical or current fact. Forward-looking statements 
can also be identified by words such as "future," "anticipates," "believes," "estimates," "expects," "intends," "plans," "predicts," "will," 
"would," "could," "can," "may," and similar terms. Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance, and the 
Company's actual results may differ significantly from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that might 
cause such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed in Part I, Item 1A. "Risk Factors" of this Form 10-K, which 
are  incorporated  herein  by  reference.  The  following  discussion  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  the  Consolidated  Financial 
Statements and notes thereto included in Part IV, Item 15. "Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules" of this Form 10-K. Each 
of the terms the "Company" and "SP Plus" as used herein refers collectively to SP Plus Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, 
unless otherwise stated. The Company assumes no obligation to revise or update any forward-looking statements for any reason, 
except as required by law.

Explanatory Note

On November 30, 2018, we completed the Acquisition.  Our consolidated results of operations for the year ended December 31, 
2018 includes the results of operations for the period of November 30, 2018 through December 31, 2018.  Our consolidated results 
of operations for the year ended December 31, 2017 does not include amounts related to Bags. See Note 3. Acquisition, which is 
included in Part IV, Item 15. "Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules" for further discussion of the Acquisition. 

General Overview

In evaluating our financial condition and operating performance, management’s primary focus is on our gross profit and total general 
and administrative expenses. Revenue from lease type contracts includes all gross customer collections derived from our lease 
type contracts (net of local parking taxes), whereas revenue from management type contracts only includes our contractually agreed 
upon management fees and amounts attributable to ancillary services. Gross customer collections at facilities under management 
type contracts, therefore, are not included in our revenue.  Additionally, revenue from lease type contracts also includes a reduction 
of Services revenue - lease type contracts due to the adoption of ASU No. 2017-10, Service Concession Arrangements (Topic 853): 
Determining  the  Customer  of  the  Operation  Services,  which  requires  rental  expense  for  the  periods  after  January  1,  2018  be 
presented as a reduction of Services revenue - lease type contracts for that business (and corresponding contracts) that meet the 
criteria and definition of a service concession arrangement. Accordingly, while a change in the proportion of our operating agreements 
that are structured as lease type contracts versus management type contracts may cause significant fluctuations in reported revenue 
and expense of services that change will not artificially affect our gross profit. For example, as of December 31, 2019, 81% of our 
business was operating under management type contracts and 82% of our gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2019 was 
derived from management type contracts. Only 56% of total revenue (excluding reimbursed management type contract revenue) 
for the year ended December 31, 2019, however, was from management type contracts because, under those contracts, the revenue 
collected from customers belongs to our clients. Therefore, gross profit and total general and administrative expense, rather than 
revenue, are management's primary focus.

We believe that sophisticated clients (which also include property owners) recognize the potential for parking services, parking 
management, ground transportation services, baggage handling services and other ancillary services to be a profit generator and/
or a service differentiator to their customers.  By outsourcing these services, they are able to capture additional profit and customer 
experience by leveraging the unique operational skills and controls that an experienced services company can offer. Our ability to 
consistently deliver a uniformly high level of services to our clients, including the use of various technological enhancements, allows 
us to maximize the profit and/or customer experience to our clients and improves our ability to win contracts and retain existing 
clients. Our focus on customer service and satisfaction is a key driver of our high retention rate, which was approximately 93% and 
88% for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. This retention rate captures facilities for the Commercial 
segment. 

Commercial Segment Facilities

The following table reflects our Commercial facilities (by contractual type) operated at the end of the years indicated:

Leased facilities (1)
Managed facilities
Total Commercial segment facilities

(1) 

Includes partial ownership in one leased facility for 2019, 2018 and 2017.

2019

609
2,560
3,169

December 31,
2018

628
2,514
3,142

2017

644
2,722
3,366

21

 
Revenue

We recognize services revenue from lease and management type contracts as the related services are provided. Substantially all 
of our revenue comes from the following two sources:

Lease type contracts. Consists of all revenue received at lease type locations, including gross receipts (net of local taxes), 
consulting and real estate development fees, gains on sales of contracts and payments for exercising termination rights.  Revenue 
from lease type contracts includes a reduction of Services revenue - lease type contracts due to the adoption of Topic 853, which 
requires rental expense for the periods after January 1, 2018 be presented as a reduction of Services revenue - lease type 
contracts for that business (and corresponding contracts) that meet the criteria and definition of a service concession arrangement.  

Management  type  contracts.  Consists  of  management  fees,  including  fixed,  variable  and/or  performance-based  fees,  and 
amounts attributable to ancillary services such as accounting, equipment leasing, baggage services, payments received for 
exercising termination rights, consulting, developmental fees, gains on sales of contracts, insurance and other value-added 
services with respect to managed type contracts. We believe we generally purchase required insurance at lower rates than our 
clients can obtain on their own because we effectively self-insure for all liability and worker’s compensation and health care 
claims by maintaining a large per-claim deductible. As a result, we have generated operating income on the insurance provided 
under our management type contracts by focusing on our risk management efforts and controlling losses. Management type 
contract revenues do not include gross customer collections at managed type contracts as these revenues belong to the client 
rather  than  to  us.  Management  type  contracts  generally  provide  us  with  a  management  fee  regardless  of  the  operating 
performance of the underlying management type contract.

Reimbursed Management Type Contract Revenue. Consists of the direct reimbursement from the client for operating expenses 
incurred under a management type contract, which are reflected in our revenue.

Cost of Services

Our cost of services consists of the following:

Lease type contracts. Consists of contractual rents or fees paid to the client and all operating expenses incurred in connection 
with operating the leased facility. Contractual rents or fees paid to the client are generally based on either a fixed contractual 
amount or a percentage of gross revenue or a combination thereof. Generally, under a lease type arrangement we are not 
responsible for major capital expenditures or real estate taxes.  Cost of services from lease type contracts includes a reduction 
of Cost of services revenue - lease type contracts due to the adoption of Topic 853, which requires rental expense for the periods 
after January 1, 2018 be presented as a reduction of Services revenue - lease type contracts (and corresponding contracts) 
that meet the criteria and definition of a service concession arrangement. 

Management type contracts. The cost of services under a management type contract is generally the responsibility of the client.  
As a result, these costs are not included in our results of operations. However, our reverse management type contracts, which 
typically provide for larger management fees, do require us to pay for certain costs and those costs are included in our results 
of operations.

Reimbursed Management Type Contract Expense. Consists of direct reimbursed costs incurred on behalf of a client under a 
management type contract, which are reflected in our cost of services.

Gross Profit

Gross profit equals our revenue less the cost of generating such revenue. This is the key metric we use to examine our performance 
because it captures the underlying economic benefit to us of both lease and management type contracts.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses include salaries, wages, payroll taxes, insurance, travel and office related expenses for our 
headquarters, field offices, supervisory employees, and board of directors.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation is determined using a straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the various asset classes, or in the case 
of leasehold improvements, over the initial term of the operating lease or its useful life, whichever is shorter. Intangible assets 
determined to have finite lives are amortized over their remaining estimated useful lives.

22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Segments

In December 2019, we changed our internal reporting segment information and certain locations previously reported under 
Commercial are now included in Other. All prior periods presented have been reclassified to conform to our internal reporting 
structure.   

•  Commercial  encompasses  our  services  in  healthcare  facilities,  municipalities,  including  meter  revenue  collection  and 
enforcement services, government facilities, hotels, commercial real estate, residential communities, retail, colleges and 
universities, as well as ancillary services such as ground transportation services, valet services, taxi and livery dispatch 
services and event planning, including shuttle and transportation services. 

• 

• 

Aviation encompasses our services in aviation (e.g., airports, airline and certain hospitality clients with baggage and parking 
services) as well as ancillary services, which includes ground transportation services, valet services, baggage handling, 
baggage repair and replacement, remote air check-in services and other services.

"Other" consists of ancillary revenue that is not specifically identifiable to Commercial or Aviation and certain unallocated 
items, such as and including prior year insurance reserve adjustments/costs and other corporate items. 

Analysis of Results of Operations

2019 Compared to 2018 

The following tables are a summary of service revenues (excluding reimbursed management type contract revenue), cost of services 
(excluding  reimbursed  management  type  contract  expense)  and  gross  profit  by  segment  for  the  comparable  years  ended 
December 31, 2019 and 2018.

Existing  business  represents  business  that  has  been  operating  for  at  least  one  year  and  operating  for  the  entire  period  in  the 
comparative period being presented. Expired business relates to contracts that have expired but where we were operating the 
business in the comparative period presented. The Other segment amounts in existing business represent amounts not specifically 
allocated and/or identifiable to Commercial or Aviation.

Services revenue by segment is summarized as follows:

(millions)

Lease type contracts

Commercial

Aviation

Other

Total

Variance

2019

2018

2019

2018

2019

2018

2019

2018

Amount

%

Year Ended December 31,

New/Acquired business

$

38.0

$

29.1

$

3.1

$

— $

— $

— $

41.1

$

29.1

$

12.0

41.2 %

Expired business

Existing business

Conversions

10.7

306.4

22.2

37.2

297.9

22.0

4.9

22.7

—

5.3

21.7

—

—

0.9

—

—

0.7

—

15.6

330.0

22.2

42.5

320.3

22.0

(26.9)

(63.3)%

9.7

0.2

3.0 %

0.9 %

Total lease type contracts

$

377.3

$

386.2

$

30.7

$

27.0

$

0.9

$

0.7

$

408.9

$

413.9

$

(5.0)

(1.2)%

Management type contracts

New/Acquired business

$

39.0

$

14.9

$

184.1

$

22.3

$

— $

— $

223.1

$

37.2

$

185.9

499.7 %

Expired business

Existing business

Conversions

9.7

203.1

1.1

29.8

203.8

0.9

3.5

75.8

0.1

1.1

77.7

0.1

—

9.6

—

—

10.9

—

13.2

288.5

1.2

30.9

292.4

1.0

(17.7)

(57.3)%

(3.9)

0.2

(1.3)%

20.0 %

Total management type contracts

$

252.9

$

249.4

$

263.5

$

101.2

$

9.6

$

10.9

$

526.0

$

361.5

$

164.5

45.5 %

Lease type contracts

Lease type contract revenue decreased $5.0 million, or 1.2%, to $408.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared 
to $413.9 million for the prior year. The decrease in lease type contract revenue resulted primarily from a decrease of $26.9 million
from expired business, partially offset by an increase of $9.7 million from existing business, $12.0 million from new/acquired business, 
and $0.2 million from business that converted from management type contracts during the periods presented. Existing business 
revenue increased $9.7 million, or 3.0%, primarily due to an increase in fees for transient revenue.

From a reporting segment perspective, lease type contract revenue decreased primarily due to expired business in Commercial 
and Aviation, partially offset by increases from existing business in Commercial, Aviation, and Other, new/acquired business in 
Commercial and Aviation, and conversions in Commercial. 

Management type contracts

Management type contract revenue increased $164.5 million, or 45.5%, to $526.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, 
compared to $361.5 million for the prior year. The increase in management type contract revenue resulted primarily from increases 
of $185.9 million from new/acquired business primarily due to the Acquisition and $0.2 million from business that converted from 
lease type contracts during the periods presented, partially offset by a decrease of $17.7 million from expired business and $3.9 
million from existing business. Existing business revenue decreased $3.9 million, or 1.3%, primarily due to change in contract terms 

23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for certain management type contracts, whereby the contract terms converted from a "reverse" management type contract to a 
management type contract, which typically has lower management fees from the facility owner but do not require us to pay certain 
operating costs associated with the facilities operation, partially offset by increased management fees. 

From a reporting segment perspective, management type contract revenue increased primarily due to increases from new/acquired 
business for Aviation and Commercial, expired business in Aviation, and conversions in Commercial, partially offset by decreases 
from expired business in Commercial and existing business for Aviation, Other, and Commercial.

Reimbursed management type contract revenue

Reimbursed management type contract revenue increased $35.8 million, or 5.2%, to $728.8 million for the year ended December 31, 
2019, compared to $693.0 million in the prior year. The increase resulted primarily from an increase in reimbursements for costs 
incurred on behalf of a client.

Cost of services by segment is summarized as follows:

(millions)

Lease type contracts

Commercial

Aviation

Other

Total

Variance

2019

2018

2019

2018

2019

2018

2019

2018

Amount

%

Year Ended December 31,

New/Acquired business

$

34.9

$

26.6   $

2.3

$

— $

— $

— $

37.2

$

26.6

$

10.6

39.8 %

Expired business

Existing business

Conversions

9.6

282.8

20.6

37.5  

275.6  

20.7  

3.0

17.1

—

3.2

16.5

—

—

(3.4)

—

—

(2.5)

—

12.6

296.5

20.6

40.7

289.6

20.7

(28.1)

(69.0)%

6.9

(0.1)

2.4 %

(0.5)%

Total lease type contracts

$

347.9

$

360.4   $

22.4

$

19.7

$

(3.4)

$

(2.5)

$

366.9

$

377.6

$

(10.7)

(2.8)%

Management type contracts

New/Acquired business

$

23.4

$

8.9   $

144.6

$

17.7

$

— $

— $

168.0

$

26.6

$

141.4

531.6 %

Expired business

Existing business

Conversions

6.6

19.8  

121.4

122.2  

0.4

0.2  

1.2

48.5

—

0.5

51.1

—

—

(6.2)

—

—

(6.6)

—

7.8

163.7

0.4

20.3

166.7

0.2

(12.5)

(61.6)%

(3.0)

(1.8)%

0.2

100.0 %

Total management type contracts

$

151.8

$

151.1   $

194.3

$

69.3

$

(6.2)

$

(6.6)

$

339.9

$

213.8

$

126.1

59.0 %

Lease type contracts

Cost of services for lease type contracts decreased $10.7 million, or 2.8%, to $366.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, 
compared to $377.6 million for the prior year. The decrease in cost of services for lease type contracts resulted primarily from 
decreases of $28.1 million from expired business and $0.1 million from business that converted from management type contracts 
during the periods presented, partially offset by an increase of $10.6 million from new/acquired business and $6.9 million from 
existing business.  The increase in existing business was primarily due to an increase in rent expense as a result of higher revenues 
for existing business and an increase in compensation and benefits costs, primarily offset by a decrease in overall net operating 
costs.

From  a  reporting  segment  perspective,  cost  of  services  for  lease  type  contracts  decreased  primarily  from  expired  business  in 
Commercial and Aviation, existing business in Other, and conversions in Commercial, partially offset by new/acquired business in 
Commercial and Aviation, and existing business in Commercial and Aviation. 

Management type contracts

Cost of services for management type contracts increased $126.1 million, or 59.0%, to $339.9 million for the year ended December 31, 
2019, compared to $213.8 million for the prior year. The increase in cost of services for management type contracts resulted primarily 
from an increase of $141.4 million from new/acquired business, primarily due to the Acquisition, and $0.2 million from business that 
converted from lease type contracts during the periods presented, partially offset by decreases of $12.5 million from expired business 
and $3.0 million from existing business.  Existing business costs decreased $3.0 million, or 1.8%, primarily due to a decrease in 
overall  net  operating  costs  and  change  in  contract  terms  for  certain  management  type  contracts,  whereby  the  contract  terms 
converted from a "reverse" management type contract to a management type contract, which typically has lower management fees 
from the facility owner but do not require us to pay certain operating costs associated with the facilities operation, partially offset by 
an increase in compensation and benefits costs.

From a reporting segment perspective, cost of services for management type contracts increased primarily from new/acquired 
business in Aviation and Commercial, expired business in Aviation, Existing business in Other, and conversions in Commercial, 
partially offset by decreases in expired business in Commercial and existing business in Aviation and Commercial.

24

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reimbursed management type contract expense

Reimbursed management type contract expense increased $35.8 million, or 5.2%, to $728.8 million for the year ended December 31, 
2019, compared to $693.0 million in the prior year. The slight increase resulted primarily from an increase in reimbursements for 
costs incurred on behalf of a client.

Segment gross profit/gross profit percentage information is summarized as follows:

Commercial

Aviation

Other

Total

Variance

2019

2018

2019

2018

2019

2018

2019

2018

Amount

%

Year Ended December 31,

(millions)

Lease type contracts

New/Acquired business

$

Expired business

Existing business

Conversions

3.1

1.1

23.6

1.6

$

2.5

$

(0.3)

22.3

1.3

0.8

1.9

5.6

—

8.3

$

$

—

2.1

5.2

—

7.3

Total lease type contracts

$

29.4

$

25.8

$

Gross profit percentage lease type contracts

New/Acquired business

Expired business

Existing business

Conversions

Total gross profit percentage

Management type contracts

8.2%

10.3%

7.7%

7.2%

7.8%

8.6 %

(0.8)%

7.5 %

5.9 %

6.7 %

25.8%

38.8%

24.7%

—%

—%

39.6%

24.0%

—%

27.0%

27.0%

New/Acquired business

$

15.6

$

6.0

$

39.5

$

Expired business

Existing business

Conversions

3.1

81.7

0.7

10.0

81.6

0.7

2.3

27.3

0.1

4.6

0.6

26.6

0.1

$

$

$

—

—

4.3

—

4.3

$

$

—

—

3.2

—

3.2

$

$

3.9

3.0

33.5

1.6

$

2.5

1.8

30.7

1.3

$

42.0

$

36.3

$

1.4

1.2

2.8

0.3

5.7

56.0 %

66.7 %

9.1 %

23.1 %

15.7 %

(Percentages)

—%

—%

—%

—%

477.8%

457.1%

—%

—%

—%

—%

9.5%

19.2%

10.2%

7.2%

10.3%

8.6%

4.2%

9.6%

5.9%

8.8%

—

—

15.8

—

$

—

—

17.5

—

$

55.1

$

10.6

$

44.5

419.8 %

5.4

124.8

0.8

10.6

125.7

0.8

(5.2)

(0.9)

—

(49.1)%

(0.7)%

— %

26.0 %

Total management type contracts

$

101.1

$

98.3

$

69.2

$

31.9

$

15.8

$

17.5

$

186.1

$

147.7

$

38.4

(Percentages)

Gross profit percentage management type
contracts

New/Acquired business

Expired business

Existing business

Conversions

Total gross profit percentage

Lease type contracts

40.0%

32.0%

40.2%

63.6%

40.0%

40.3 %

33.6 %

40.0 %

21.5%

65.7%

36.0%

20.6%

54.5%

34.2%

—%

—%

—%

—%

164.6%

160.6%

77.8 %

100.0%

100.0%

—%

—%

39.4 %

26.3%

31.5%

164.6%

160.6%

24.7%

40.9%

43.3%

66.7%

35.4%

28.5%

34.3%

43.0%

80.0%

40.9%

Gross profit for lease type contracts increased $5.7 million, or 15.7%, to $42.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, 
compared to $36.3 million for the prior year. Gross profit percentage for lease type contracts increased to 10.3% for the year ended 
December 31, 2019, compared to 8.8% for the prior year. Gross profit for lease type contracts increased as a result of increases 
in gross profit for existing business, new/acquired business, expired business, and business that converted from management type 
contracts during the periods presented. Gross profit for existing business increased primarily due to increases in transient revenue, 
partially offset by an increase in compensation and benefits costs and rent expense. 

From a reporting segment perspective, gross profit for lease type contracts increased primarily due to increases in existing business 
in  Commercial,  Other  and Aviation,  new/acquired  business  in Aviation  and  Commercial,  expired  business  in  Commercial,  and 
conversions in Commercial, partially offset by decreases in expired business in Aviation.

Management type contracts

Gross profit for management type contracts increased $38.4 million, or 26.0%, to $186.1 million for the year ended December 31, 
2019, compared to $147.7 million for the prior year. Gross profit percentage for management type contracts decreased to 35.4%
for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to 40.9% for the year ago period. Gross profit for management type contracts 
increased as a result of increases in gross profit for new/acquired business, primarily due to the Acquisition, partially offset by 
decreases in expired business and existing business. Gross profit for existing business increased primarily due to decreases in net 
operating costs and increased management fees. 

From a reporting segment perspective, gross profit for management type contracts increased primarily due to new/acquired business 
in Aviation and Commercial, expired business in Aviation, and existing business in Commercial and Aviation. This was partially offset 
by decreases in expired business in Commercial and existing business in Other.

25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
General and administrative expenses

General  and  administrative  expenses  increased  $18.0  million,  or  19.8%,  to  $109.0  million for  year  ended  December 31,  2019, 
compared to $91.0 million for the prior year. The increase in General and administrative expenses primarily related to the Acquisition, 
a one-time $1.7 million cost recovery (reduction of expense) from a vendor partner recognized in 2018 and higher compensation 
and benefit costs, including costs associated with our performance-based compensation program, partially offset by a reduction in 
acquisition, restructuring and integration related costs.

Interest expense

Interest expense increased $9.3 million, or 96.9%, to $18.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, as compared to $9.6 
million for the prior year. This increase resulted primarily from an increase in borrowings as a result of the Acquisition on November 
30, 2018 (lower average borrowings under our credit facility prior to the Acquisition) and an increase in average borrowing rates.

Interest income

Interest income was $0.3 million and $0.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Equity in (earnings) losses from investment in unconsolidated entity 

Equity in earnings from investment in unconsolidated entity was $10.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, which was 
related to the net gain recognized on the sale of our entire 30% equity interest in Parkmobile.

Income tax expense

For the year ended December 31, 2019, we recognized income tax expense of $19.4 million on earnings before income taxes of 
$71.1 million compared to a $19.6 million income tax expense on earnings before income taxes of $76.0 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2018. Our effective tax rate was 27.3% for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 25.8% for the year 
ended December 31, 2018. The $0.2 million decrease in income tax expense was primarily due to an increase in estimated income 
tax credits, a reduction in state taxes as a result of one-time unfavorable 2018 audit settlements, and a smaller increase in the 
valuation allowance as compared to 2018 due to impacts of the U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the "2017 Tax Act") in 2018. 

26

2018 Compared to 2017 

The following tables are a summary of service revenues (excluding reimbursed management type contract revenue), cost of services 
(excluding  reimbursed  management  type  contract  expense)  and  gross  profit  by  segment  for  the  comparable  years  ended 
December 31, 2018 and 2017.

Existing  business  represents  business  that  has  been  operating  for  at  least  one  year  and  operating  for  the  entire  period  in  the 
comparative period being presented. Expired business relates to contracts that have expired but where we were operating the 
business in the comparative period presented. The Other segment amounts in existing business represent amounts not specifically 
allocated and/or identifiable to Commercial or Aviation.

Services revenue by segment is summarized as follows:

(millions)

Lease type contracts

Commercial

Aviation

Other

Total

Variance

2018

2017

2018

2017

2018

2017

2018

2017

Amount

%

Year Ended December 31,

New/Acquired business (a) (b)

$

42.3

$

33.7

$

1.2

$

Expired business (c)

Existing business (d) (e)

Conversions

15.8

302.6

25.5

61.5

311.1

27.5

—

25.8

—

3.0

—

126.3

—

Total lease type contracts

$

386.2

$

433.8

$

27.0

$

129.3

$

— $

— $

43.5

$

36.7

$

6.8

18.5 %

—

0.7

—

0.7

—

—

—

15.8

329.1

25.5

61.5

437.4

27.5

(45.7)

(74.3)%

(108.3)

(24.8)%

(2.0)

(7.3)%

— $

413.9

$

563.1

$

(149.2)

(26.5)%

Management type contracts

New/Acquired business (f)

$

49.3

$

33.0

$

31.1

$

15.3

$

— $

— $

80.4

$

48.3

$

32.1

66.5 %

Expired business

Existing business

Conversions

15.0

184.1

1.0

34.6

179.1

1.4

0.8

69.2

0.1

3.7

70.1

—

—

10.9

—

—

11.0

—

15.8

264.2

1.1

38.3

260.2

1.4

(22.5)

(58.7)%

4.0

1.5 %

(0.3)

(21.4)%

Total management type contracts

$

249.4

$

248.1

$

101.2

$

89.1

$

10.9

$

11.0

$

361.5

$

348.2

$

13.3

3.8 %

(a) The year ended December 31, 2018 new/acquired business in Commercial includes a $8.9 million reduction of Services revenue - lease type contracts due to the 
adoption of Topic 853, which requires rental expense for the current period be presented as a reduction of Services revenue - lease type contracts for that business (and 
corresponding contracts) that meet the criteria and definition of a service concession arrangement.

(b) The year ended December 31, 2018 new/acquired business in Aviation includes a $2.3 million reduction of Services revenue - lease type contracts due to the adoption 
of Topic  853,  which  requires  rental  expense  for  the  current  period  be  presented  as  a  reduction  of  Services  revenue  -  lease  type  contracts  for  that  business  (and 
corresponding contracts) that meet the criteria and definition of a service concession arrangement.

(c) The year ended December 31, 2018 expired business in Commercial includes a $0.3 million reduction of Services revenue - lease type contracts due to the adoption 
of Topic  853,  which  requires  rental  expense  for  the  current  period  be  presented  as  a  reduction  of  Services  revenue  -  lease  type  contracts  for  that  business  (and 
corresponding contracts) that meet the criteria and definition of a service concession arrangement. 

(d) The year ended December 31, 2018 existing business in Commercial includes a $14.9 million reduction of Services revenue - lease type contracts due to the adoption 
of Topic  853,  which  requires  rental  expense  for  the  current  period  be  presented  as  a  reduction  of  Services  revenue  -  lease  type  contracts  for  that  business  (and 
corresponding contracts) that meet the criteria and definition of a service concession arrangement.

(e) The year ended December 31, 2018 existing business in Aviation includes a $107.1 million reduction of Services revenue - lease type contracts due to the adoption 
of Topic  853,  which  requires  rental  expense  for  the  current  period  be  presented  as  a  reduction  of  Services  revenue  -  lease  type  contracts  for  that  business  (and 
corresponding contracts) that meet the criteria and definition of a service concession arrangement.

(f) On November 30, 2018, we completed the Acquisition. The year ended December 31, 2018 new/acquired business in Aviation includes Bags Services revenue - 
management type contracts, for the period of November 30, 2018 through December 31, 2018. See Note 3. Acquisition, which is included in Part IV, Item 15. "Exhibits 
and Financial Statement Schedules" for further discussion of the Acquisition.

Lease type contracts

Lease type contract revenue decreased $149.2 million, or 26.5%, to $413.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, compared 
to $563.1 million for the prior year. The decrease in lease type contract revenue resulted primarily from deceases of $108.3 million 
from existing business, $45.7 million from expired business, and $2.0 million from business that converted from management type 
contracts during the year, partially offset by an increase of $6.8 million from new/acquired business. The decrease in expired business 
includes  earnings  of  $8.5  million  from  our  proportionate  share  of  the  net  gain  on  the  equity  method  investee's  sale  of  assets 
recognized during the year ended December 31, 2017. Existing business revenue decreased $108.3 million, or 24.8%, primarily 
due  to  the  adoption  of ASU  No.  2017-10,  Service  Concession Arrangements  (Topic  853),  which  requires  rental  expense  to  be 
presented as a reduction of Services revenue - lease type contracts versus the comparative period presentation of recording rent 
expense as an increase to Cost of services - lease type contracts for that business (and corresponding contracts) meeting the 
criteria  and  definition  of  a  service  concession  arrangement,  as  discussed  in  Note  5.  Revenue  to  the  Consolidated  Financial 
Statements included in Item 15. "Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules", partially offset by net increases in short-term parking 
revenue, monthly parking revenue and transient parking revenue. 

From a reporting segment perspective, lease type contract revenue decreased primarily due to expired business in Commercial, 
existing business in Commercial and Aviation, conversions in Commercial, and new/acquired business in Aviation, partially offset 
by increases from new/acquired business in Commercial and existing business in Other. 

27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management type contracts

Management type contract revenue increased $13.3 million, or 3.8%, to $361.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, 
compared to $348.2 million for the prior year. The increase in management type contract revenue resulted primarily from increases 
of $32.1 million from new/acquired business, and $4.0 million from existing business, partially offset by a decrease of $22.5 million 
from expired business and $0.3 million from business that converted from lease type contracts during the periods presented. Existing 
business revenue increased $4.0 million, or 1.5%, primarily due to change in contract terms for certain management type contracts, 
whereby the contract terms converted from a management type contract to a "reverse" management type contract, which typically 
has higher management fees from the client but require us to pay certain operating costs associated with the operation, and increased 
management fees.

From a reporting segment perspective, management type contract revenue increased primarily due to increases in new/acquired 
business for Commercial and Aviation, existing business for Commercial and Other, and conversions in Aviation, partially offset by 
decreases in expired business in Commercial and Aviation, existing business for Aviation, and conversions in Commercial. 

Reimbursed management type contract revenue

Reimbursed management type contract revenue increased $13.8 million, or 2.0%, to $693.0 million for the year ended December 31, 
2018, compared to $679.2 million in the prior year. The slight increase resulted primarily from an increase in reimbursements for 
costs incurred on behalf of a client.

Segment cost of services information is summarized as follows:

(millions)

Lease type contracts

Commercial

Aviation

Other

Total

Variance

2018

2017

2018

2017

2018

2017

2018

2017

Amount

%

Year Ended December 31,

New/Acquired business (a) (b)

$

39.0

$

32.0

$

0.7

$

Expired business (c)

Existing business (d) (e)

Conversions

15.9

281.4

24.0

46.5

289.8

29.1

—

19.1

—

2.7

—

119.9

—

$

— $

— $

39.7

$

34.7

$

5.0

14.4 %

—

(2.5)

—

—

(1.6)

—

15.9

298.0

24.0

46.5

(30.6)

(65.8)%

408.1

(110.1)

(27.0)%

29.1

(5.1)

(17.5)%

Total lease type contracts

$

360.3

$

397.4

$

19.8

$

122.6

(2.5)

$

(1.6)

$

377.6

$

518.4

$

(140.8)

(27.2)%

Management type contracts:

New/Acquired business (f)

$

29.5

$

18.5

$

25.9

$

14.7

$

— $

— $

55.4

$

33.2

$

22.2

66.9 %

Expired business

Existing business

Conversions

9.8

111.6

0.2

20.1

109.0

0.4

0.5

42.9

—

2.6

45.6

—

—

(6.6)

—

—

(3.3)

—

10.3

147.9

0.2

22.7

151.3

0.4

(12.4)

(54.6)%

(3.4)

(0.2)

(2.2)%

(50.0)%

Total management type contracts

$

151.1

$

148.0

$

69.3

$

62.9

$

(6.6)

$

(3.3)

$

213.8

$

207.6

$

6.2

3.0 %

(a) The year ended December 31, 2018 new/acquired business in Commercial includes a $8.9 million reduction of Cost of services - lease type contracts due to the 
adoption of Topic 853, which requires rent expense for the current period be presented as a reduction of Services revenue - lease type contracts for that business (and 
corresponding contracts) that meet the criteria and definition of a service concession arrangement.

(b) The year ended December 31, 2018 new/acquired business in Aviation includes a $2.3 million reduction of Cost of services - lease type contracts due to the adoption 
of Topic 853, which requires rent expense for the current period be presented as a reduction of Services revenue - lease type contracts for that business (and corresponding 
contracts) that meet the criteria and definition of a service concession arrangement.

(c) The year ended December 31, 2018 expired business in Commercial includes a $0.3 million reduction of Cost of services - lease type contracts due to the adoption 
of Topic  853,  which  requires  rental  expense  for  the  current  period  be  presented  as  a  reduction  of  Services  revenue  -  lease  type  contracts  for  that  business  (and 
corresponding contracts) that meet the criteria and definition of a service concession arrangement. 

(d) The year ended December 31, 2018 existing business in Commercial includes a $14.9 million reduction of Cost of services - lease type contracts due to the adoption 
of Topic 853, which requires rent expense for the current period be presented as a reduction of Services revenue - lease type contracts for that business (and corresponding 
contracts) that meet the criteria and definition of a service concession arrangement.

(e) The year ended December 31, 2018 existing business in Aviation includes a $107.1 million reduction of Cost of services - lease type contracts due to the adoption 
of Topic 853, which requires rent expense for the current period be presented as a reduction of Services revenue - lease type contracts for that business (and corresponding 
contracts) that meet the criteria and definition of a service concession arrangement.

(f) On November 30, 2018, we completed the Acquisition. The year ended December 31, 2018 new/acquired business in Aviation includes Bags Cost of Services - 
management type contracts, for the period of November 30, 2018 through December 31, 2018. See Note 3. Acquisition, which is included in Part IV, Item 15. "Exhibits 
and Financial Statement Schedules" for further discussion of the Acquisition.

Lease type contracts

Cost of services for lease type contracts decreased $140.8 million, or 27.2%, to $377.6 million for the year ended December 31, 
2018, compared to $518.4 million for the prior year. The decrease in cost of services for lease type contracts resulted primarily from 
decreases of $110.1 million from existing business, $30.6 million from expired business and $5.1 million from business that converted 
from management type contracts during the periods presented, partially offset by an increase of $5.0 million from new/acquired 
business.    Existing  business  decreased  $110.1  million,  or  27.0%,    primarily  due  to  the  adoption  of ASU  No.  2017-10,  Service 

28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Concession Arrangements (Topic 853) which requires rental expense to be presented as a reduction of Services revenue - lease 
type contracts versus the comparative period presentation of recording rent expense as an increase to Cost of services - lease type 
contracts for that business (and corresponding contracts) meeting the criteria and definition of a service concession arrangement, 
as discussed in Note 5. Revenue to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 15. "Exhibits and Financial Statement 
Schedules", an overall decrease in net operating costs, increased favorability related to unallocated insurance reserve adjustments/
costs and other corporate items and a decrease in rent expense. 

From a reporting segment perspective, cost of services for lease type contracts decreased primarily due to decreases from expired 
business  in  Commercial,  existing  business  in  Commercial, Aviation  and  Other,  conversions  in  Commercial  and  new/acquired 
business in Aviation, offset by increases in new/acquired business in Commercial. 

Management type contracts

Cost of services for management type contracts increased $6.2 million, or 3.0%, to $213.8 million for the year ended December 31, 
2018, compared to $207.6 million for the prior year. The increase in cost of services for management type contracts resulted primarily 
from an increase of $22.2 million from new/acquired business, partially offset by decreases of $12.4 million from expired business, 
$3.4 million from existing business and $0.2 million from business that converted from lease type contracts during the periods 
presented.  Existing business costs decreased $3.4 million, or 2.2%, primarily due to a decrease in overall net operating costs.

From a reporting segment perspective, cost of services for management type contracts increased primarily from new/acquired 
business in Commercial and Aviation, and existing business in Commercial, partially offset by decreases from expired business in 
Commercial and Aviation, existing business in Aviation and Other, and conversions in Commercial. 

Reimbursed management type contract expense

Reimbursed management type contract expense increased $13.8 million, or 2.0%, to $693.0 million for the year ended December 31, 
2018, compared to $679.2 million in the prior year. The slight increase resulted primarily from an increase in reimbursements for 
costs incurred on behalf of a client. 

29

Segment gross profit/gross profit percentage information is summarized as follows:

(millions)

Lease type contracts

Commercial

Aviation

Other

Total

Variance

2018

2017

2018

2017

2018

2017

2018

2017

Amount

%

Year Ended December 31,

New/Acquired business

$

3.3

$

1.7

$

Expired business

Existing business

Conversions

(0.1)

21.2

1.5

15.0

21.3

(1.6)

Total lease type contracts

$

25.9

$

36.4

$

Gross profit percentage lease type contracts

New/Acquired business (a)

Expired business

Existing business (b)

Conversions

Total gross profit percentage

Management type contracts

7.8%

-0.6%

7.0%

5.9%

6.7%

5.0%

24.4%

6.8%

-5.8%

8.4%

New/Acquired business (c)

$

19.8

$

14.5

$

Expired business

Existing business

Conversions

5.2

72.5

0.8

14.5

70.1

1.0

0.5

—

6.7

—

7.2

$

$

0.3

—

6.4

—

6.7

(Percentages)

41.7%

10.0%

—%

26.0%

—%

26.7%

5.2

0.3

26.3

0.1

—%

5.1%

—%

5.2%

$

0.6

1.1

24.5

—

$

$

—

—

3.2

—

3.2

$

$

—

—

1.6

—

1.6

$

3.8

$

2.0

$

1.8

90.0 %

(0.1)

31.1

1.5

15.0

29.3

(1.6)

(15.1)

(100.7)%

1.8

3.1

6.1 %

(193.8)%

$

36.3

$

44.7

$

(8.4)

(18.8)%

—%

—%

—%

—%

—%

—

—

17.5

—

—%

—%

—%

—%

—%

—

—

14.3

—

8.7%

-0.6%

9.5%

5.9%

8.8%

5.4%

24.4%

6.7%

-5.8%

7.9%

$

25.0

$

15.1

$

9.9

65.6 %

5.5

116.3

0.9

15.6

108.9

1.0

(10.1)

(64.7)%

7.4

(0.1)

6.8 %

—

5.0 %

Total management type contracts

$

98.3

$

100.1

$

31.9

$

26.2

$

17.5

$

14.3

$

147.7

$

140.6

$

7.1

(Percentages)

Gross profit percentage management type
contracts

New/Acquired business

Expired business

Existing business

Conversions

Total gross profit percentage

40.2%

34.7%

39.4%

80.0%

39.4%

43.9%

41.9%

39.1%

71.4%

40.3%

16.7%

37.5%

38.0%

—%

3.9%

29.7%

35.0%

—%

—%

—%

—%

—%

160.6%

130.0%

—%

—%

31.5%

29.4%

160.6%

130.0%

31.1%

34.8%

44.0%

81.8%

40.9%

31.3%

40.7%

41.9%

71.4%

40.4%

(a) The year ended December 31, 2018 new/acquired business in Commercial and Aviation includes an increase in gross profit percentage due to the reduction of 
Services revenue - lease type contracts due to the adoption of Topic 853, which requires rent expense for the current period be presented as a reduction of Services 
revenue - lease type contracts for that business (and corresponding contracts) that meet the criteria and definition of a service concession arrangement.

(b) The year ended December 31, 2018 existing business in Aviation includes an increase in gross profit percentage due to the reduction of Services revenue - lease 
type contracts due to the adoption of Topic 853, which requires rent expense for the current period be presented as a reduction of Services revenue - lease type contracts 
for that business (and corresponding contracts) that meet the criteria and definition of a service concession arrangement.

(c) On November 30, 2018, we completed the Acquisition. The year ended December 31, 2018 new/acquired business in Aviation includes Bags Gross profit - management 
type contracts, for the period of November 30, 2018 through December 31, 2018. See Note 3. Acquisition, which is included in Part IV, Item 15. "Exhibits and Financial 
Statement Schedules" for further discussion of the Acquisition.

Lease type contracts

Gross profit for lease type contracts decreased $8.4 million, or 18.8%, to $36.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, 
compared to $44.7 million for the prior year. Gross profit percentage for lease type contracts increased to 8.8% for the year ended 
December 31, 2018, compared to 7.9% for the prior year. Gross profit for lease type contracts decreased as a result of a decrease 
in gross profit for expired business, partially offset by increases in existing business, new/acquired business and business that 
converted from management type contracts during the periods presented. The gross profit decrease in expired business includes 
earnings of $8.5 million from our proportionate share of the net gain on the equity method investee's sale of assets recognized 
during the year ended December 31, 2017. Gross profit for existing business increased primarily due to short-term parking revenue, 
monthly parking revenue and transient parking revenue and increased favorability relating to certain unallocated insurance reserve 
adjustments/costs and other unallocated corporate items.

From a reporting segment perspective, gross profit for lease type contracts decreased primarily due to decreases in expired business 
in Commercial and existing business in Commercial, partially offset by increases in new/acquired business in Commercial and 
Aviation, existing business in Aviation and Other and conversions in Commercial. 

Management type contracts

Gross profit for management type contracts increased $7.1 million, or 5.0%, to $147.7 million for the year ended December 31, 
2018, compared to $140.6 million for the prior year. Gross profit percentage for management type contracts increased to 40.9% for 
the  year  ended  December 31,  2018,  compared  to  40.4%  for  the  year  ago  period.  Gross  profit  for  management  type  contracts 
increases were primarily the result of new/acquired business and existing business, partially offset by decreases in expired business 
and business that converted from lease type contracts during the year. Gross profit for management type contracts increased on 
existing business primarily due to net increases in management fees and unallocated insurance reserve adjustments/costs and 

30

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
other unallocated corporate items, partially offset by net increases in compensation and benefit costs and overall net increase in 
operating costs. 

From a reporting segment perspective, gross profit for management type contracts increased primarily due to new/acquired business 
in Commercial and Aviation, existing business in Commercial, Aviation and Other and conversions in Aviation. This was partially 
offset by decreases in expired business in Commercial and Aviation and conversions in Commercial. 

General and administrative expenses

General and administrative expenses increased $8.1 million, or 9.8%, to $91.0 million for year ended December 31, 2018, compared 
to $82.9 million for the prior year. The increase in General and administrative expenses primarily related to the Acquisition,  an 
increase  in  acquisition,  restructuring  and  integration  costs,  compensation  and  benefit  costs,  and  expected  pay-out  under  our 
performance based compensation and long-term incentive compensation programs, partially offset by a $1.7 million cost recovery 
(reduction of expense) from a vendor partner and overall better expense control.

Interest expense

Interest  expense  increased  $0.4  million,  or  4.3%,  to  $9.6  million for  the  year  ended  December 31,  2018,  as  compared  to  $9.2 
million for the prior year. This increase resulted primarily from an increase in borrowings as a result of the Acquisition on November 
30, 2018 and an increase in average borrowing rates, partially offset by lower average borrowings under our credit facility prior to 
the Acquisition.

Interest income

Interest income was $0.4 million and $0.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Gain on sale of a business 

During 2017, we recognized a $0.1 million gain on the sale of a portion of our security business primarily operating in the Southern 
California market. We received $0.6 million for the final earn-out consideration from the buyer during the second quarter of 2017, 
for which we recognized an additional gain on sale of business of $0.1 million, as our historical estimate for the fair value of the 
earn-out consideration receivable was $0.5 million. 

Equity in (earnings) losses from investment in unconsolidated entity 

Equity in earnings from investment in unconsolidated entity relates to our investment in the joint venture with Parkmobile, which 
was accounted for under the equity method of accounting, and our share of equity earnings in the Parkmobile joint venture.  Equity 
in earnings from investment in unconsolidated entity was $10.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, as compared to a 
loss  of  $0.7  million  in  the  prior  year.  The  increase  in  earnings  from  investment  in  unconsolidated  entity  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2018 is primarily related to our $10.1 million net gain recognized on the sale of our entire 30% equity interest in 
Parkmobile. 

Income tax expense

For the year ended December 31, 2018, we recognized income tax expense of $19.6 million on earnings before income taxes of 
$76.0 million compared to a $27.7 million income tax expense on earnings before income taxes of $72.2 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2017. Our effective tax rate was 25.8% for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to 38.4% for the year 
ended December 31, 2017. The $8.1 million decrease in income tax expense was primarily due to the reduction in the statutory 
federal income tax rate to 21% per the 2017 Tax Act and the finalization of the tax accounting for the effects of the 2017 Tax Act, 
partially offset by adjustments to the state tax provision for a state tax examination. 

On December 22, 2017, the 2017 Tax Act was signed into law. The 2017 Tax Act significantly revised U.S. corporate income taxes 
by, among other things, lowering the U.S. corporate tax rate from 35% to 21% effective January 1, 2018, while also implementing 
a territorial tax system and imposing repatriation tax on deemed repatriated earnings of foreign subsidiaries.  As a result of the 2017 
Tax Act,  we  recorded  $0.2  million  of  income  tax  expense  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2017. The  provisional  amount  related  to  the 
remeasurement of certain deferred tax assets and liabilities based on the rates at which they were expected to reverse in the future 
was  $1.6  million  income  tax  benefit,  which  included  a  $1.2  million  income  tax  expense  related  to  an  increase  in  the  valuation 
allowance. The provisional amount related to the one-time transition tax on the mandatory deemed repatriation of foreign earnings 
was a $1.8 million income tax expense based on the cumulative foreign earnings of $14.1 million and our current best estimates. 
Additionally, we recognized a tax charge of $0.6 million as an additional provision for withholding taxes on undistributed earnings 
not considered to be permanently reinvested. 

During the year ended December 31, 2018, we recorded a current tax benefit of $1.5 million for the finalization of our accounting 
for the transition tax on the mandatory deemed repatriation of foreign earnings. The current year benefit was the result of finalizing 
our analysis of foreign earnings and profits and eligible foreign tax credits to be claimed to offset the tax liability. We finalized our 
accounting for the income tax effects of the 2017 Tax Act in the fourth quarter 2018.

31

Analysis of Financial Condition

Liquidity and Capital Resources

General

On an ongoing basis, we estimate anticipated cash requirements for our operating, investing, and financing needs as well as cash 
flows to be generated from operating activities available to meet these needs. Our operating needs can include, among other items, 
commitments for cost of services, operating leases, payroll payments, insurance claims payments, interest payments and legal 
settlements.  Our  investing  and  financing  spending  can  include  payments  for  acquired  businesses,  joint  ventures,  capital 
expenditures, cost of contracts purchased, commitments for capital leases, distributions to noncontrolling interests and payments 
on our outstanding indebtedness.

Outstanding Indebtedness

As of December 31, 2019, we had total indebtedness of approximately $369.0 million, a decrease of $17.7 million from $386.7 
million as of December 31, 2018. The $369.0 million included:

• 

• 

$345.9 million under our Senior Credit Facility (as defined below); and

$23.1 million of other debt including finance lease obligations and other indebtedness.

Senior Credit Facility

On November 30, 2018 (the "Closing Date"), in connection with the Acquisition, we entered into a credit agreement (the “Credit 
Agreement”) with Bank of America, N.A. (“Bank of America”), as Administrative Agent, swing-line lender and a letter of credit issuer; 
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as syndication agent; BMO Harris Bank N.A., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., KeyBank National Association 
and U.S. Bank National Association, as co-documentation agents; Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Wells 
Fargo Securities, LLC, as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners; and the lenders party thereto (the “Lenders”). Pursuant to the 
terms, and subject to the conditions, of the Credit Agreement, the Lenders made available to us a new senior secured credit facility 
(the “Senior Credit Facility”) that permits aggregate borrowings of $550 million consisting of (i) a revolving credit facility of up to 
$325 million at any time outstanding, which includes a letter of credit facility that is limited to $100 million at any time outstanding, 
and (ii) a term loan facility of $225 million. The Senior Credit Facility matures on November 30, 2023.

The entire amount of the term loan portion of the Senior Credit Facility was drawn on the Closing Date and is subject to scheduled 
quarterly amortization of principal in installments equal to 1.25% of the initial aggregate principal amount of such term loan. We 
also borrowed $174.8 million under the revolving credit facility on the Closing Date. The proceeds from these borrowings were used 
to pay the purchase price for the Acquisition (See Note 3. Acquisition), to pay other costs and expenses related to the Acquisition 
and the related financing and to repay in full the obligations under our previous credit facility. In addition, proceeds from the Senior 
Credit Facility may be used to finance working capital, capital expenditures and other acquisitions, payments and general corporate 
purposes.

Borrowings under the Senior Credit Facility bear interest, at our option, (i) at a rate per annum based on our consolidated total debt 
to EBITDA ratio for the 12-month period ending as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter, determined in accordance 
with the applicable pricing levels set forth in the Credit Agreement (the “Applicable Margin”) for London Interbank Offered Rate 
("LIBOR") (or a comparable or successor rate approved by Bank of America) loans, plus the applicable LIBOR rate, or (ii) the 
Applicable Margin for base rate loans plus the highest of (x) the federal funds rate plus 0.5%, (y) the Bank of America prime rate 
and (z) a daily rate equal to the applicable LIBOR rate plus 1.0%.

Under the terms of the Credit Agreement, we are required to maintain a maximum consolidated total debt to EBITDA ratio of not 
greater  than  4.00:1.0  (with  certain  step-downs  described  in  the  Credit Agreement).    In  addition,  we  are  required  to  maintain  a 
minimum consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio of not less than 3.50:1.0 (with certain step-ups described in the Credit Agreement).

Events of default under the Credit Agreement include failure to pay principal or interest when due, failure to comply with the financial 
and operational covenants, the occurrence of any cross default event, non-compliance with other loan documents, the occurrence 
of  a  change  of  control  event,  and  bankruptcy  or  other  insolvency  events.  If  an  event  of  default  occurs  and  is  continuing,  the 
Administrative Agent can, with the consent of the required Lenders, among others (i) terminate the commitments under the Credit 
Agreement, (ii) accelerate and require us to repay all the outstanding amounts owed under the Credit Agreement, and (iii) require 
us to cash collateralize any outstanding letters of credit 

Each of our wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries (subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Credit Agreement) have guaranteed 
all existing and future indebtedness and liabilities of the other guarantors and us arising under the Credit Agreement. Our obligations 
under the Credit Agreement and such domestic subsidiaries’ guaranty obligations are secured by substantially all of their respective 
assets. 

We were in compliance with our debt covenants as of December 31, 2019.

As of December 31, 2019, we had $139.8 million of borrowing availability under the Credit Agreement, of which we could have 
borrowed $139.8 million on December 31, 2019 and remained in compliance with the above described covenants as of such date. 
Our borrowing availability under the Credit Agreement is limited only as of our fiscal quarter-end by the covenant restrictions described 
above.  At December 31, 2019, we had $50.2 million letters of credit outstanding under the Senior Credit Facility and borrowings 

32

against the Senior Credit Facility aggregated $348.7 million (excluding debt discount of $1.2 million and deferred financing costs 
of $1.6 million).

Stock Repurchases

In May 2016, our Board of Directors authorized us to repurchase in the open market shares of our outstanding common stock in 
an amount not to exceed $30.0 million. In July 2019, our Board of Director's authorized a new program to repurchase, on the open 
market, shares of its outstanding common stock in an amount not to exceed $50.0 million in aggregate. 

Under the May 2016 program, the entire authorized amount was applied to repurchase 988,767 shares of common stock at an 
average price of $30.30 resulting in completion of the program in August 2019.  No repurchases were made during the year ended 
December 31, 2018.

Under the July 2019 program we repurchased 652,000 shares of common stock during the year-ended December 31, 2019, at an 
average price of $38.88, resulting in $25.4 million in program-to-date repurchases. 

As of December 31, 2019, $24.7 million remained available for repurchase under the July 2019 stock repurchase program. Purchases 
of our common stock may be made in open market transactions effected through a broker-dealer at prevailing market prices, in 
block trades, or by other means in accordance with Rules 10b-18 and 10b5-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 at time 
and prices considered to be appropriate at our discretion. The share repurchase program does not obligate us to repurchase any 
particular amount of common stock, has no fixed termination date and the program may be suspended at any time at our discretion.

Letters of Credit

We provided letters of credit totaling $17.2 million and $24.9 million to our casualty insurance carriers to collateralize our casualty 
insurance program as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

We provided $33.0 million and $26.2 million in letters of credit to collateralize other obligations as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, 
respectively.

Interest Rate Collars

In May 2019, we entered into three-year interest rate collar contracts with an aggregate $222.3 million notional amount. Interest 
rate collars are used to manage interest rate risk associated with variable interest rate borrowings under the Credit Agreement. The 
collars establish a range where we will pay the counterparties if the one-month U.S. dollar LIBOR rate falls below the established 
floor rate, and the counterparties will pay us if the one-month U.S. dollar LIBOR rate exceeds the established ceiling rate of 2.5%. 
The collars settle monthly through the termination date of April 2022. No payments or receipts are exchanged on the interest rate 
collar contracts unless interest rates rise above or fall below the pre-determined ceiling or floor rates. The notional amount amortizes 
consistent with pay down of the term loan portion of the Senior Credit Facility. These interest rate collars are classified as cash flow 
hedges, and we calculate the effectiveness of the hedge on a monthly basis. As of December 31, 2018, we had no ongoing derivative 
transactions.

We do not enter into derivative instruments for any speculative purposes.

Deficiency Payments and Repayments

Pursuant to our obligations with respect to the parking garage operations at Bradley International Airport, we are required to make 
certain deficiency payments for the benefit of the State of Connecticut and for holders of special facility revenue bonds. The deficiency 
payments represent contingent interest bearing advances to the trustee to cover operating cash flow requirements. During the year 
ended December 31, 2019, we had made $0.1 million of cumulative deficiency payments to the trustee, net of reimbursements.  
Deficiency payments made are recorded as increases to cost of services and deficiency repayments are recorded as reductions 
to cost of services. We believe these advances to be fully recoverable and will recognize the principal, interest and premium payments 
related to these deficiency payments when they are received. We do not directly guarantee the payment of any principal or interest 
on any debt obligations of the State of Connecticut or the trustee.

The total deficiency repayments (net of deficiency payments), interest and premium received and recorded for the years ended 
2019, 2018 and 2017 are as follows:

(millions)
Deficiency repayments
Interest
Premium

Year Ended December 31
2018

2017

2019

$

$

3.8
1.0
0.4

$

3.9
0.9
0.3

2.0
0.6
0.2

33

Daily Cash Collections

As a result of day-to-day operations, we collect significant amounts of cash. Lease type contract revenue is generally deposited 
into our local bank accounts, with a portion remitted to our clients in the form of rental payments according to the terms of the leases. 
Under management type contracts, clients may require us to deposit the daily receipts into one of our local bank accounts, with the 
cash in excess of our operating expenses and management fees remitted to the clients at negotiated intervals, may require us to 
deposit the daily receipts into client designated bank accounts and the clients then reimburse us for operating expenses and pay 
our management fee subsequent to month-end or may require segregated bank accounts for the receipts and disbursements at 
locations. Our working capital and liquidity may be adversely affected if a significant number of our clients require us to deposit all 
parking revenues into their respective accounts.

Our liquidity also fluctuates on an intra-month and intra-year basis depending on the contract mix and timing of significant cash 
payments. Additionally, our ability to utilize cash deposited into our local accounts is dependent upon the availability and movement 
of that cash into our corporate accounts. For all these reasons, from time to time, we carry a significant cash balance, while also 
utilizing our Senior Credit Facility.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We had cash and cash equivalents of $24.1 million at December 31, 2019, compared to $39.9 million at December 31, 2018. The 
cash balances reflect our ability to utilize funds deposited into our local bank accounts. Cash and cash equivalents that are restricted 
as to withdrawal or use under the terms of certain contractual agreements were $0.5 million and $1.7 million as of December 31, 
2019 and 2018, respectively, and are included within Cash and cash equivalents within the Consolidated Balance Sheets.  Availability, 
timing of deposits and the subsequent movement of cash into our corporate bank accounts may result in significant changes to our 
cash balances.

Summary of Cash Flows

(millions)
Net cash provided by operating activities
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

Operating Activities

Years ended December 31,
2018

2017

2019

$
$
$

76.0
$
(12.5) $
(79.4) $

$
70.9
(268.4) $
$
215.2

45.2
2.3
(47.2)

Our primary sources of funds are cash flows from operating activities and changes in operating assets and liabilities.

Net cash provided by operating activities totaled $76.0 million for 2019, compared to $70.9 million for 2018. Cash provided during 
2019 included $91.7 million from operations, partially offset by changes in operating assets and liabilities that resulted in a use of 
$15.7 million. The net increase in operating assets and liabilities was a result of (i) an increase in notes and accounts receivable 
of $12.7 million primarily related to timing of collections; (ii) a $5.2 million increase in accounts payable primarily due to timing of 
payments to our clients as described under "Daily Cash Collections"; (iii) an increase in prepaid and other assets of $11.7 million 
primarily due to increases in prepaid insurance and the value of Company-owned life insurance policies; and (iv) a $3.5 increase 
in accrued liabilities primarily due to timing of payments.

Net cash provided by operating activities totaled $70.9 million for 2018, compared to $45.2 million for 2017. Cash provided during 
2018 included $70.7 million from operations, partially offset by changes in operating assets and liabilities that resulted in a cash 
source of $0.2 million. The net increase in operating assets and liabilities resulted primarily from: (i) a net increase in accounts 
payable and accrued liabilities of $14.7 million, which primarily resulted from timing of payments to our clients as described under 
"Daily Cash Collections", partially offset by recognizing a contract liability upon the adoption of Topic 606 (effective January 1, 2018); 
(ii) a net decrease in prepaid expenses and other of $2.2 million, primarily due to a decrease in prepaid taxes; offset by (iii) a net 
increase in notes and accounts receivable of $16.7 million due to recognizing a contract asset upon adoption of Topic 606 (effective 
January 1, 2018) and timing of collections. 

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities totaled for $12.5 million for 2019, compared to net cash used in of $268.4 million in 2018. Cash 
used in investing activities in 2019 included (i) $10.2 million for capital investments needed to secure and/or extend leased and 
managed facilities and investments in information system enhancements and infrastructure; (ii) $2.6 million for cost of contract 
purchases; offset by (iii) $0.3 million of proceeds from the sale of assets and contract terminations.

Net cash used in investing activities totaled for $268.4 million for 2018, compared to net cash provided of $2.3 million in 2017. Cash 
used in investing activities in 2018 included (i) $277.9 million for the Acquisition, net of cash acquired; (ii) $8.9 million for capital 
investments needed to secure and/or extend leased and managed facilities and investments in information system enhancements 
and infrastructure; (iii) $1.1 million for cost of contract purchases; offset by (iv) $19.3 million in proceeds received from the sale of 
an equity method investee's sale of assets; and (v) $0.2 million of proceeds from the sale of assets and contract terminations.

34

Financing Activities

Net cash used in financing activities totaled $79.4 million in 2019, compared to net cash provided by of $215.2 million in 2018. Cash 
used in financing activities for 2019 included (i) net payments on the credit facility of $26.3; (ii) payments for the repurchase of 
common stock of $47.6 million; (iii) distributions to noncontrolling interests of $3.2 million; and (iv) payments on other long-term 
borrowings of $2.3 million.

Net cash provided by financing activities totaled $215.2 million in 2018, compared to a use of $47.2 million in 2017. Cash provided 
by financing activities for 2018 included net proceeds from the credit facility of $222.2 (primarily due to the Acquisition); partially 
offset by (i) payments of debt issuance costs and original discount on borrowings of $3.2 million; (ii) distributions to noncontrolling 
interests of $3.3 million; and (iii) payments on other long-term borrowings of $0.5 million.

Summary Disclosures about Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments

The following summarizes certain of our contractual obligations at December 31, 2019 and the effect such obligations are expected 
to have on our liquidity and cash flow in future periods. The nature of our business is to manage parking facilities and as a result, 
we do not have significant short-term purchase obligations.

(millions)
Contractual obligations
Operating leases (1)
Finance leases
Service concession arrangements (2)
Total contractual obligations
Other Long-Term Liabilities
Deferred Compensation
Other long-term liabilities (3)
Total other long-term liabilities
Commercial Commitments
Senior Credit Facility (4)
Other Debt (4)
Interest payments on debt
Letters of credit (5)
Total commercial commitments
Total

Total

2020

2021 - 2022

2023 - 2024

2025 and
thereafter

Payments Due by Period

$

$

$

$

$

$
$

513.2
21.4
285.6
820.2

5.8
48.8
54.6

348.7
4.3
54.3
50.2
457.5
1,332.3

$

$

$

$

$

$
$

133.7
4.0
95.3
233.0

0.5
18.6
19.1

11.2
4.3
15.2
50.2
80.9
333.0

$

$

$

$

$

$
$

187.7
7.5
72.3
267.5

1.1
11.4
12.5

22.5
—
27.8

50.3
330.3

$

$

$

$

$

$
$

94.9
3.9
51.0
149.8

1.3
10.9
12.2

315.0
—
11.3

326.3
488.3

$

$

$

$

$

$
$

96.9
6.0
67.0
169.9

2.9
7.9
10.8

—
—
—
—
—
180.7

(1)  Represents minimum rental commitments, excluding (i) contingent rent provisions under all non-cancelable leases; and (ii) sublease income of $5.5 million.

(2)  Represents lease type contracts that meet the definition of service concession arrangements under Topic 853.

(3)  Represents customer deposits, insurance claims and obligation related to acquisitions.

(4)  Represents principal amounts and excludes debt issuance and discount costs. See Note 13. Borrowing Arrangements to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

included in Part IV, Item 15. "Exhibits and Financial Statements Schedules."

(5)  Represents aggregate amount of currently issued letters of credit at their maturities.

We received deficiency repayments (net of deficiency payments made) related to the Bradley Agreement of $3.8 million, $3.9 million
and $2.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 and 2017, respectively.

The above schedule does not include any amounts for expected deficiency payments in the "less than one year" category or any 
other "payments due by period" category, as we concluded that the potential for future deficiency payments did not meet the criteria 
of both probable and estimable. 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires 
management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses 
and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities in the Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying notes. The 
SEC has defined a company's critical accounting policies and estimates as the ones that are most important to the portrayal of the 
company's financial condition and results of operations, and which require the company to make its most difficult and subjective 
judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates of matters that are inherently uncertain. Based on this definition, we 
have identified the critical accounting policies and judgments addressed below. We base these estimates and judgments on historic 
experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form 
the basis for making judgments about carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. 
Certain accounting estimates are particularly sensitive because of their complexity and the possibility that future events affecting 
them may differ materially from our current judgments and estimates.

35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
This listing of critical accounting policies is not intended to be a comprehensive list of all of our accounting policies. We also have 
other key accounting policies, which involve the use of estimates, judgments, and assumptions that are significant to understanding 
our results, which are included in Note 1. Significant Accounting Policies and Practices of the notes to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements included in Part IV, Item 15. "Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules."

Goodwill and Other Intangibles

Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price paid over the fair value of net assets acquired. In accordance with the Financial 
Accounting Standards Board's ("FASB") authoritative accounting guidance on goodwill, we evaluate goodwill for impairment on an 
annual basis, or more often if events or circumstances change that could cause goodwill to become impaired. We have elected to 
assess the impairment of goodwill annually on October 1 or at an interim date if there is an event or change in circumstances 
indicating the carrying value may not be recoverable. The goodwill impairment test is performed at the reporting unit level; the 
Company's reporting units represent its operating segments, consisting of Commercial and Aviation. Factors that could trigger an 
impairment  review  include  significant  under-performance  relative  to  expected  historical  or  projected  future  operating  results, 
significant changes in the use of acquired assets or its business strategy, and significant negative industry or economic trends.

If  we  do  not  elect  to  perform  a  qualitative  assessment,  we  can  voluntarily  proceed  directly  to  Step 1.  In  Step 1,  we  perform  a 
quantitative analysis to compare the fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying value including goodwill. If the fair value of the 
reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets assigned to that unit, goodwill is not considered impaired, and we are 
not required to perform further testing. If the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit exceeds the fair value 
of the reporting unit, then we must perform Step 2 of the impairment test in order to determine the implied fair value of the reporting 
unit's goodwill. If the carrying value of a reporting unit's goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, then we would record an impairment 
loss equal to the difference.

Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives and reviewed for impairment when circumstances 
change  that  would  create  a  triggering  event.  Intangible  assets  with  finite  lives  are  amortized  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  their 
estimated useful lives. We evaluate the remaining useful life of the other intangible assets on a periodic basis to determine whether 
events or circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining useful life. Assumptions and estimates about future values and remaining 
useful lives of its intangible and other long-lived assets are complex and subjective. They can be affected by a variety of factors, 
including external factors such as industry and economic trends, and internal factors, such as changes in its business strategy and 
internal forecasts. Although management believes the historical assumptions and estimates are reasonable and appropriate, different 
assumptions and estimates could materially impact its reported financial results.

Long-Lived Assets

We evaluate long-lived asset groups whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be 
recoverable. Events or circumstances that would result in an impairment review primarily include a significant change in the use of 
an asset, or the planned sale or disposal of an asset. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison 
of the carrying amount of the asset to future undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset group. If it is determined 
to be impaired, the impairment recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair 
value. Our estimates of future cash flows from such assets could be impacted if those assets underperform relative to historical or 
projected future operating results.

Assumptions and estimates used to determine cash flows in the evaluation of impairment and the fair values used to determine the 
impairment are subject to a degree of judgment and complexity. Any changes to the assumptions and estimates resulting from 
changes in actual results or market conditions from those anticipated may affect the carrying value of long-lived assets and could 
result in an impairment charge.

Insurance Reserves

We purchase comprehensive casualty insurance covering certain claims that arise in connection with its operations. In addition, we 
purchase  umbrella/excess  liability  coverage.  Under  the  various  liability  and  workers'  compensation  insurance  policies,  we  are 
obligated to pay directly or reimburse the insurance carrier for the deductible / retention amount of each loss covered by its general/
garage liability, automobile, workers' compensation and garage keepers legal liability policies. As a result, we are in effect, self-
insured for all claims within the deductible / retention amount of each loss. Any loss over the deductible / retention is the responsibility 
of the third-party insurer. We apply the provisions as defined in the guidance related to accounting for contingencies, in determining 
the  timing  and  amount  of  expense  recognition  associated  with  claims  against  us. The  expense  recognition  is  based  upon  our 
determination of an unfavorable outcome of a claim being deemed as probable and capable of being reasonably estimated, as 
defined in the guidance related to accounting for contingencies. This determination requires the use of judgment in both the estimation 
of probability and the amount to be recognized as an expense. We utilize historical claims experience along with actuarial methods 
performed quarterly by a third party actuarial adviser in determining the required level of insurance reserves. As of December 31, 
2019, the insurance reserve for general, garage, automobile and workers’ compensation liabilities is recorded in Accrued insurance 
and  Other  long-term  liabilities  in  the  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets  for  short  term  and  long  term  balances,  respectively.  Future 
information regarding historical loss experience may require changes to the level of insurance reserves and could result in increased 
expense recognition in the future.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We report accounts receivable, net of an allowance for doubtful accounts, to represent our estimate of the amount that ultimately 
will be realized in cash. In determining the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts, we primarily use the review of specific 

36

accounts but also use historical collection trends and aging of receivables and make adjustments in the allowance as necessary. 
Changes in economic conditions or other circumstances could have an impact on the collection of existing receivable balances or 
future allowance for doubtful account considerations.

Income Taxes

Income tax expense involves management judgment as to the ultimate resolution of any tax issues. Historically, our assessments 
of the ultimate resolution of tax issues have been reasonably accurate. The current open issues are not dissimilar from historical 
items.

Deferred income taxes are computed using the asset and liability method, such that deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized 
for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between US GAAP amounts and the tax bases of existing assets 
and liabilities based on currently enacted tax laws and tax rates in effect for the periods in which these temporary differences are 
expected to reverse or be settled. Income tax expense is the tax payable for the period plus the change during the period in deferred 
income taxes. We have certain state net operating loss carry forwards which expire in 2036. We consider a number of factors in its 
assessment of the recoverability of its net operating loss carryforwards including their expiration dates, the limitations imposed due 
to the change in ownership as well as future projections of income. Future changes in our operating performance along with these 
considerations  may  significantly  impact  the  amount  of  net  operating  losses  ultimately  recovered,  and  its  assessment  of  their 
recoverability.

When  evaluating  our  tax  positions,  we  account  for  uncertainty  in  income  taxes  in  our  Consolidated  Financial  Statements. The 
evaluation of a tax position is a two-step process, the first step being recognition. The first step is to determine whether it is more-
likely-than-not that a tax position will be sustained upon tax examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation 
processes, based on only the technical merits of the position and the weight of available evidence. If a tax position does not meet 
the more-likely-than-not threshold, which is more than 50% likely of being realized, the benefit of that position is not recognized in 
our financial statements. The second step is measurement of the tax benefit. The tax position is measured as the largest amount 
of benefit that is more-likely-than-not of being realized, which is more than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate resolution with 
a taxing authority.

On December 22, 2017, the 2017 Tax Act was signed into law. The 2017 Tax Act includes significant changes to the corporate 
income tax system in the United States, including a federal corporate rate reduction from 35% to 21% and the transition of United 
States international taxation from a worldwide tax system to a territorial tax system, and a one-time transition tax on the mandatory 
deemed repatriation of foreign earnings. On December 22, 2017, the SEC staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118, Income 
Tax Accounting Implications of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (SAB 118), as issued to address the application of US GAAP in 
situations when a registrant does not have the necessary information available, prepared, or analyzed (including computations) in 
reasonable detail to complete accounting for certain income tax effects of the 2017 Tax Act. We completed our analysis of the 
income tax effects of the 2017 Tax Act in the fourth quarter of 2018 (within the measurement period not to extend beyond one year) 
in accordance with SAB 118. 

Legal and Other Contingencies

We are subject to claims and litigation in the normal course of our business. The outcomes of claims and legal proceedings brought 
against us and other loss contingencies are subject to uncertainty. We accrue a charge when our management determines that it 
is probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. 
When a loss is probable, we record an accrual based on the reasonably estimable loss or range of loss. When no point of loss is 
more likely than another, we record the lowest amount in the estimated range of loss and disclose the estimated range. We do not 
record liabilities for reasonably possible loss contingencies, but do disclose a range of reasonably possible losses if they are material 
and we are able to estimate such a range. If we cannot provide a range of reasonably possible losses, we explain the factors that 
prevent us from determining such a range. In addition, we accrue for the authoritative judgments or assertions made against us by 
government agencies at the time of their rendering regardless of our intent to appeal. We regularly evaluate current information 
available to us to determine whether an accrual should be established or adjusted. Estimating the probability that a loss will occur 
and estimating the amount of a loss or a range of loss involves significant estimation and judgment.

Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Interest Rates

Our primary market risk exposure consists of risk related to changes in interest rates. We use the variable rate Senior Credit Facility, 
discussed previously, to finance our operations. This Senior Credit Facility exposes us to variability in interest payments due to 
changes in interest rates. If interest rates increase, interest expense increases and conversely, if interest rates decrease, interest 
expense also decreases. We believe that it is prudent to limit our exposure to an increase in interest rates.  Additional information 
regarding our borrowings appears in Note 13. Borrowing Arrangements to our Consolidated Financial Statements. 

If we were to borrow the entire $140.1 million available under the revolving credit facility, a one percent (1%) increase in the average 
market rate would result in an increase in our annual interest expense of $1.4 million. This amount is determined by considering 
the impact of the hypothetical interest rates on our borrowing cost, but does not consider the effects of the reduced level of overall 
economic activity that could exist in such an environment. Due to the uncertainty of the specific changes and their possible effects, 
the foregoing sensitivity analysis assumes no changes in our financial structure.

37

Borrowings under the Senior Credit Facility bear interest, at our option, (i) at a rate per annum based on our consolidated total debt 
to EBITDA ratio for the 12-month period ending as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter, determined in accordance 
with the applicable pricing levels set forth in the Credit Agreement (the “Applicable Margin”) for London Interbank Offered Rate (or 
a comparable or successor rate approved by Bank of America) (“LIBOR”) loans, plus the applicable LIBOR rate or (ii) the Applicable 
Margin for base rate loans plus the highest of (x) the federal funds rate plus 0.5%, (y) the Bank of America prime rate and (z) a daily 
rate equal to the applicable LIBOR rate plus 1.0%.

Interest Rate Collars

In May 2019, we entered into three-year interest rate collar contracts with an aggregate $222.3 million notional amount. Interest 
rate collars are used to manage interest rate risk associated with variable interest rate borrowings under the Credit Agreement. The 
collars establish a range where we will pay the counterparties if the one-month U.S. dollar LIBOR rate falls below the established 
floor rate, and the counterparties will pay us if the one-month U.S. dollar LIBOR rate exceeds the established ceiling rate of 2.5%. 
The collars settle monthly through the termination date of April 2022. No payments or receipts are exchanged on the interest rate 
collar contracts unless interest rates rise above or fall below the pre-determined ceiling or floor rates. The notional amount amortizes 
consistent with the term loan portion of the Senior Credit Facility. These interest rate collars are classified as cash flow hedges, and 
we calculate the effectiveness of the hedge on a monthly basis. See Note 12. Fair Value Measurement, which is included in Part 
IV, Item 15. "Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules," for additional disclosure on interest rate collar contract transactions. As 
of December 31, 2018, we had no ongoing derivative transactions.

Foreign Currency Risk

Substantially all of our operations are conducted in the United States and, as such, are not subject to material foreign currency 
exchange  risk. All  foreign  investments  are  denominated  in  U.S.  dollars,  with  the  exception  of  Canada.  We  had  approximately 
$2.9 million of Canadian dollar denominated cash instruments at December 31, 2019, and no debt instruments denominated in 
Canadian dollar at December 31, 2019. We do not hold any hedging instruments related to foreign currency transactions.

We  monitor  foreign  currency  positions  and  may  enter  into  certain  hedging  instruments  in  the  future  should  we  determine  that 
exposure to foreign exchange risk has increased.

Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

The Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes and schedules required by this item are incorporated into this Form 10-
K and set forth in Part IV, Item 15. "Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules" herein.

Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A.    Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Prior to the filing of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 and under the supervision and 
with  the  participation  of  our  management,  including  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  we  carried  out  an 
evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (the "Evaluation") as of the 
last day of the period covered by this Form 10-K.

Disclosure  controls  and  procedures  are  defined  by  Rules 13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e)  of  the  Exchange Act  as  controls  and  other 
procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that we file or submit under the 
Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified by the SEC's rules and forms. 
Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required 
to be disclosed in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, 
including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.

Based upon the Evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of December 31, 2019, our 
disclosure controls and procedures were effective to promote reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by 
us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported accurately and 
within the time frames specified in the SEC's rules and forms and accumulated and communicated to our management, including 
our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Inherent Limitations of the Effectiveness of Internal Control

Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting 
and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles 
("GAAP"). Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:

(i)  pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions 

of the Company's assets;

38

(ii)  provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in 
accordance  with  GAAP,  and  that  the  Company's  receipts  and  expenditures  are  being  made  only  in  accordance  with 
authorizations of the Company's management and directors; and

(iii)  provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the 

Company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, does not expect that our internal controls will prevent 
or detect all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not 
absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact 
that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent 
limitations  in  all  control  systems,  no  evaluation  of  internal  controls  can  provide  absolute  assurance  that  all  control  issues  and 
instances of fraud, if any, have been detected. Also, any evaluation of the effectiveness of controls in future periods are subject to 
the risk that those internal controls may become inadequate because of changes in business conditions, or that the degree of 
compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Our internal 
control system was designed to provide reasonable assurance to our management and Board of Directors regarding the preparation 
and fair presentation of our published financial statements.

Prior to the filing of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, our management assessed the 
effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of the last day of the period covered by the report. In making this 
assessment, our management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission 
("COSO") in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2017 Framework). Based on our Evaluation under the COSO Framework, 
our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2019.  Management's 
assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019 includes internal control over financial reporting 
related to Bags, which the Company acquired on November 30, 2018.

Ernst & Young LLP has audited the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and, as part 
of its audit, has issued an attestation report, included herein, on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There  have  been  no  significant  changes  in  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that  occurred  during  the  quarter 
ended December 31, 2019, that were identified in connection with management’s evaluation required by paragraph (d) of Rules 
13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act, that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect our internal 
control over financial reporting.

Item 9B.    Other Information

None.

PART III

Item 10.    Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Information  required  by  this  item  with  respect  to  our  directors  and  compliance  by  our  directors,  executive  officers  and  certain 
beneficial owners of our common stock with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act is incorporated by reference to all information under 
the captions entitled "Board Matters—Nominees for Director," "Board Matters—Nomination Process," "Our Corporate Governance 
Practices—Codes of Conduct and Ethics," "Board Committees and Meetings," "Executive Officers" and "Delinquent Section 16(a) 
Reports" included in our 2020 Proxy Statement.

We have adopted a code of ethics as part of our compliance program. The code of ethics applies to our Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal Executive Officer), Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer) and Corporate Controller (Principal Accounting 
Officer). In addition, we have adopted a code of business conduct that applies to all of our officers and employees. Any amendments 
to, or waivers from, our code of ethics will be posted on our website www.spplus.com. A copy of these codes of conduct and ethics 
will be provided to you without charge upon request to investor_relations@spplus.com.

Item 11.    Executive Compensation 

Information required by this item is incorporated by reference to all information under the caption entitled "Board Committees and 
Meetings-Committees  of  the  Board-Compensation  Committee-Compensation  Committee  Interlocks  and  Insider  Participation," 
"Compensation Discussion and Analysis," "Compensation Committee Report," "Executive Compensation," and "Non-Employee 
Director Compensation" included in our 2020 Proxy Statement.

39

Item 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Information required by this item is incorporated by reference to all information under the caption entitled "Equity Compensation 
Plan Information" and "Security Ownership" included in our 2020 Proxy Statement.

Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence

Information required by this item is incorporated by reference to all information under the caption "Board Matters—Nomination 
Process—Board  Designees,"  "Our  Corporate  Governance  Practices—Director  Independence,"  "Our  Corporate  Governance 
Practices—Related-Party Transaction Policy," and "Transactions with Related Persons and Control Persons" included in our 2020 
Proxy Statement.

Item 14.    Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Information required by this item is incorporated by reference to all information under the caption "Audit Committee Disclosure—
Principal Accounting Fees and Services," and "Audit Committee Disclosure—Procedures for Audit Committee Pre-Approval of Audit 
and Permissible Non-Audit Services of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm" included in our 2020 Proxy Statement.

PART IV

Item 15.   Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a)  Documents filed as part of this report

1.   All Financial Statements

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017

Consolidated Statements of Income
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

2.   Financial Statement Schedule

44
46

47

48
49
50
51
52

The following financial statement schedule is included in this report and should be read in conjunction with the financial statements 
and Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm referred to above.

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

87

Other schedules are omitted since the required information is not present or is not present in amounts sufficient to require submission 
of the schedule, or because the information required is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or the notes thereto.

3. Exhibits

Exhibit
Number

2.1  

Incorporated by Reference

Form Exhibit
8-K

2.1

Filing Date/Period
End Date

October 17, 2018

Description
Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of October 16, 2018, by and among 
Craig  Mateer, ZWB  Holdings,  Inc.,  Rynn's  Luggage  Corporation  and  the 
Company. The schedules and exhibits to the Stock Purchase Agreement 
have been omitted from this filing pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation 
S-K  but  will  be  provided  supplementally  to  the  Securities  and  Exchange 
Commission upon request.

40

 
 
 
3.1  

Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company 
filed on June 2, 2004.

10-K

3.1

December 31, 2008

3.1.1   Certificate of Amendment of Second Amended and Restated Certificate of 

10-K

3.1.1

December 31, 2008

Incorporation of the Company effective as of January 7, 2008.

3.1.2   Certificate of Amendment of Second Amended and Restated Certificate of 

10-Q

3.1.3

June 30, 2010

Incorporation of the Company effective as of April 29, 2010.

3.1.3   Certificate of Amendment of Second Amended and Restated Certificate of 

10-Q

3.1.4

June 30, 2010

Incorporation of the Company effective as of May 6, 2010.

3.1.4   Certificate of Ownership and Merger, as filed with the Secretary of State of 
the State of Delaware on November 25, 2013, effective as of December 2, 
2013.

8-K

3.1

December 2, 2013

3.2  

Fourth Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company dated January 1, 
2010.

10-Q

3.1

September 30, 2016

3.2.1

3.2.2

Amendment to Fourth Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company dated 
February 19, 2016.

10-Q

3.1.1

September 30, 2016

Amendment to Fourth Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company dated 
August 5, 2016. 

10-Q

3.1.2

September 30, 2016

4.1

Specimen common stock certificate.

10-K

4.1

December 31, 2015

4.2 * Description of the Securities of the Registrant

10.1

Credit  Agreement,  dated  as  of  November  30,  2018,  by  and  among  the 
Company,  as  the  borrower;  certain  subsidiaries  of  the  Company,  as 
guarantors;  Bank  of  America,  N.A.,  as  administrative  agent,  swing-line 
lender and a letter of credit issuer; Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as syndication 
agent;  BMO  Harris  Bank  N.A.,  JPMorgan  Chase  Bank,  N.A.,  KeyBank 
National  Association,  and  U.S.  Bank  National  Association,  as  co-
documentation agents; Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, 
and  Wells  Fargo  Securities LLC,  as  joint  lead  arrangers  and  joint 
bookrunners, and the lenders party thereto.

8-K

10.1

November 30, 2018

10.1.1 *

First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of February 4, 2019, entered 
into among the Company, the Guarantors and Bank of America, N.A., as 
Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender and L/C Issuer.

10-K

10.1.1

February 27, 2019

10.1.2

Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of October 30, 2019, by 
and  among  the  Company,  as  the  borrower;  certain  subsidiaries  of  the 
Company, as guarantors; Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, 
swing-line lender and a letter of credit issuer; Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as 
syndication agent; BMO Harris Bank N.A., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., 
KeyBank National Association, and U.S. Bank National Association, as co-
documentation agents.

10-Q

10.1

October 31, 2019

10.2 + Employment Agreement dated May 18, 1998 and made effective on March 

10-K

10.24

December 31, 2001

30, 1998 between the Company and Robert N. Sacks.

10.2.1 + First Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of November 7, 2001 

10-K

10.25

December 31, 2001

between the Company and Robert N. Sacks.

10.2.2 + Second Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of August 1, 2003 

S-1

10.7.2

February 10, 2004

between the Company and Robert N. Sacks.

10.2.3 + Third  Amendment  to  Employment  Agreement  dated  as  of  April  1,  2005 

10-K

10.7.3

December 31, 2008

between the Company and Robert N. Sacks.

41

10.2.4 + Fourth Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of December 29, 

10-K

10.7.4

December 31, 2008

2008 between the Company and Robert N. Sacks.

10.2.5 + Fifth Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of January 28, 2009 

10-K

10.7.5

December 31, 2008

between the Company and Robert N. Sacks.

10.2.6 + Sixth Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of February 16, 2017 

10-K

10.6.6

December 31, 2016

between the Company and Robert N. Sacks.

10.3 + Amended  and  Restated  Executive  Employment  Agreement  dated  as  of 

10-K

10.22.2 December 31, 2012

December 1, 2002 between the Company and John Ricchiuto.

10.3.1 + First  Amendment  to  Amended  and  Restated  Executive  Employment 
Agreement  dated  as  of April 11,  2005,  between  the  Company  and  John 
Ricchiuto.

8-K

10.3

March 7, 2005

10.3.2 + Second Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of December 28, 

10-K

10.10.2 December 31, 2012

2008 between the Company and John Ricchiuto.

10.3.3 + Third  Amendment  to  Employment  Agreement  dated  as  of  April 2,  2012 

10-Q

10.8

June 30, 2012

between the Company and John Ricchiuto.

10.4 + Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and between SP Plus 
Corporation and G Marc Baumann effective as of June 1, 2019.

10-Q

10.1

August 1, 2019

10.5 + Executive  Employment  Agreement  dated  March 17,  2005  between  the 

10-K

10.14

December 31, 2009

Company and Gerard M. Klaisle.

10.5.1 + First Amendment to Executive Employment Agreement dated December 29, 

10-K

10.14.1 December 31, 2009

2008 between the Company and Gerard M. Klaisle.

10.5.2 + Second Amendment to Executive Employment Agreement dated July 28, 

10-Q

10.3

September 30, 2011

2011 between the Company and Gerald M. Klaisle.

10.5.3 + Third Amendment to Executive Employment Agreement dated February 16, 

10-K

10.10.3 December 31, 2016

2017 between the Company and Gerald M. Klaisle. 

10.6 + Executive  Employment Agreement dated  as  of  September 10,  2012  and 
made effective as of October 2, 2012 between the Company and Rob Toy.

10-Q

10.9

September 30, 2012

10.6.1 + First Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of November 17, 2014 
and made effective as of January 1, 2015 between the Company and Rob 
Toy.

10-K

10.7.1

December 31, 2017

10.6.2 + Second Amendment to Employment Agreement dated February 15, 2017 

10-K

10.12.1 December 31, 2016

between the Company and Rob Toy.

10.7 + Amended  and  Restated  Executive  Employment Agreement  between  SP 

8-K/A

10.1

September 27, 2019

Plus Corporation and Kristopher H. Roy dated as of September 1, 2019

10.8 + SP Plus Corporation Second Amended and Restated Long-Term Incentive 

10-K

10.8

February 27, 2019

Plan, dated as of February 11, 2019.

10.9 + Form  of  Performance  Share  Agreement  between  the  Company  and 

10-K

4.1

December 31, 2015

Recipient.

10.10 + Form of the Company's Restricted Stock Unit Agreement dated as of July 1, 

8-K

10.1

July 2, 2008

2008.

42

10.10.1 + First  Amendment  to  Form  of  the  Company's  Restricted  Stock  Unit 

8-K

10.1

August 6, 2009

Agreement. 

10.10.2 + Second  Amendment  to  Form  of  the  Company's  Restricted  Stock  Unit 

8-K

10.1

June 2, 2011

Agreement dated May 27, 2011.

10.10.3

Third  Amendment  to  Form  of  the  Company's  Restricted  Stock  Unit 
Agreement dated March 2, 2017.

10-Q

10.1

May 6, 2019

10.11   Office  Lease  dated  as  of  October 31,  2012  between  the  Company  and 

10-K

10.23

December 31, 2013

Piedmont—Chicago Center Owner, LLC.

10.12   Office  Lease  dated  as  of  October 17,  2013  between  the  Company  and 

10-K

10.24

December 31, 2013

Riverview Business Center I & II, LLC.

10.13  

Form of Property Management Agreement.

10-K

10.30

December 31, 2005

10.14   Guaranty Agreement of APCOA/Standard Parking, Inc. dated as of March 
2000  to  and  for  the  benefit  of  the  State  of  Connecticut,  Department  of 
Transportation.

10-K

10.27

December 31, 2008

10.15   Construction, Financing and Operating Special Facility Lease Agreement 
dated as of March 2000 between the State of Connecticut Department of 
Transportation and APCOA Bradley Parking Company, LLC.

10-K

10.28

December 31, 2008

10.16

Trust Indenture dated March 1, 2000 between State of Connecticut and First 
Union National Bank as Trustee.

10-K

10.29

December 31, 2008

21 * Subsidiaries of the Company.

23 * Consent  of  Independent  Registered  Public Accounting  Firm  dated  as  of 

February 20, 2020.

31.1 * Section 302  Certification  dated  February 20,  2020  for  G  Marc  Baumann, 
Director, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer).

31.2 * Section 302  Certification  dated  February 20,  2020  for  Kristopher  H.  Roy, 
Chief  Financial  Officer  (Principal  Financial  Officer,  Principal  Accounting 
Officer and Duly Authorized Officer).

32 ** Certification  pursuant  to  18  USC  Section 1350,  as  adopted  pursuant  to 
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, dated February 20, 2020.

101.INS * XBRL Instance Document - the instance document does not appear in the 
Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline 
XBRL document.

101.SCH * XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema.

101.CAL * XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase.

101.DEF * XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase.

101.LAB * XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase.

101.PRE * XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase.

* Filed herewith.

** Furnished herewith.

+ Management contract or compensation plan, contract or agreement.

43

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of SP Plus Corporation

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of SP Plus Corporation (the Company) as of December 31, 
2019 and 2018, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for 
each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019, and the related notes and the financial statement schedule 
listed in the Index at Item 15 (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated 
financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2019 and 
2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019, in 
conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) 
(PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on criteria established in 
Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission 
(2013 framework) and our report dated February 20, 2020 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Adoption of ASU No. 2016-02

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for leases in 
2019 due to the adoption of ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842).

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on 
the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are 
required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable 
rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the 
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to 
error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial 
statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included 
examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included 
evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall 
presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matters 

The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that 
were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that 
are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective or complex judgments. The 
communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a 
whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit 
matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.

Goodwill impairment

Description of
the Matter

At December 31, 2019, the Company’s goodwill was $586 million. As discussed in Note 1 to the 
consolidated financial statements, goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually at the reporting 
unit level. 

Auditing management’s annual goodwill impairment assessment was complex and highly judgmental 
due to the significant estimation required to determine the fair value of the reporting units. In 
particular, the fair value estimate was based on significant assumptions, including the weighted 
average cost of capital, gross profit growth rate and terminal values, which are affected by 
expectations about future market or economic conditions.

44

How We
Addressed the
Matter in Our
Audit

We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of 
controls over the Company’s goodwill impairment review process, including controls over 
management’s review of the significant assumptions described above.

Description of
the Matter

To test the estimated fair value of the Company’s reporting units, we performed audit procedures that 
included, among others, assessing methodologies and testing the significant assumptions discussed 
above and the underlying data used by the Company in its analysis. We involved our valuation 
specialists to assist in evaluating the Company’s valuation models and the reasonableness of the 
significant assumptions described above. We compared the significant assumptions used by 
management to current industry and economic trends and evaluated whether any changes to the 
Company’s business model, customer base and other factors would affect the significant 
assumptions. We assessed the historical accuracy of management’s estimates and reviewed 
sensitivity analyses of significant assumptions to evaluate the changes in the fair value of the 
reporting units that would result from changes in the assumptions. In addition, we tested 
management’s reconciliation of the fair value of the reporting units to the overall market capitalization 
of the Company. 

Valuation of insurance reserves incurred but not reported

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company purchases 
comprehensive liability insurance covering certain claims that occur in its operations, importantly 
including coverage for general liability, garage liability and automobile liability. In addition, the 
Company purchases workers' compensation insurance coverage for all eligible employees and 
umbrella/excess liability insurance coverage. Under these various insurance policies, the Company is 
effectively self-insured for all claims up to the deductible / retention amount of each loss. Any loss 
over the deductible / retention is the responsibility of the third-party insurer. The Company’s insurance 
reserves for claims that have been incurred but not reported (IBNR) are based upon historical claims 
experience and actuarial methods performed quarterly by a third party actuarial advisor. As of 
December 31, 2019, the insurance reserve for general, garage, automobile and workers’ 
compensation liabilities is recorded in Accrued insurance and Other long-term liabilities in the 
Consolidated Balance Sheets for the short term and long term portions, respectively.   

Auditing management's estimate of insurance reserves involved a high degree of subjectivity because 
the estimate was sensitive to changes in assumptions, including management's assumptions for IBNR 
claims which includes estimating reporting and payment patterns for losses and the count of IBNR 
claims, as well as expected loss rates, benefit levels, and inflationary trends.

How We
Addressed the
Matter in Our
Audit

We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of 
controls over the Company’s IBNR process, including controls over management’s review of the 
significant assumptions described above.

To test the insurance reserves, we performed audit procedures over the completeness and accuracy 
of the underlying claims data provided to management’s third party actuarial advisers, which is the 
basis used to estimate total ultimate dollar value of claims and expected amount of IBNR claims.  
Furthermore, we involved our actuarial specialist to assist in our evaluation of the methodologies and 
assumptions applied by management’s third party actuarial advisers in determining the actuarially 
determined reserve. We compared the Company’s recorded reserves to a range which our actuarial 
specialist developed based on independently selected assumptions. We also reconciled 
management’s third party actuarial advisers’ report to the Company’s insurance liability reserve per 
the general ledger.

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1989.

Chicago, Illinois
February 20, 2020 

45

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of SP Plus Corporation 

Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

We have audited SP Plus Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on criteria 
established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway 
Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, SP Plus Corporation (the Company) maintained, in all 
material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) 
(PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the related consolidated 
statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period 
ended December 31, 2019, and the related notes and the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15 and our 
report dated February 20, 2020 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its 
assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management's Annual 
Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control 
over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be 
independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and 
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the 
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all 
material respects. 

Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material 
weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, 
and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a 
reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that 
(1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions 
of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit 
preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and 
expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the 
company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or 
disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, 
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Chicago, Illinois
February 20, 2020 

46

 
SP Plus Corporation
Consolidated Balance Sheets

(millions, except for share and per share data)

Assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Notes and accounts receivable, net

Prepaid expenses and other

Total current assets

Leasehold improvements, equipment and construction in progress, net

Right-of-use assets

Other assets

Advances and deposits

Other intangible assets, net

Favorable acquired lease contracts, net

Equity investments in unconsolidated entities

Other assets, net

Deferred taxes

Cost of contracts, net

Goodwill

Total other assets

Total assets

Liabilities and stockholders' equity

Accounts payable

Accrued rent

Compensation and payroll withholdings

Property, payroll and other taxes

Accrued insurance

Accrued expenses

Short-term lease liabilities

Current portion of long-term obligations under Senior Credit Facility and other long-term borrowings

Total current liabilities

Long-term borrowings, excluding current portion

Obligations under Senior Credit Facility

Other long-term borrowings

Long-term lease liabilities

Unfavorable acquired lease contracts, net

Other long-term liabilities

Total noncurrent liabilities

Stockholders' equity

Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share; 5,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2019 and
2018, respectively; no shares issued or outstanding

Common stock, par value $0.001 per share; 50,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2019 and
2018; 24,591,127 issued and 22,950,360 outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 23,089,159 issued
and 22,783,976 outstanding as of December 31, 2018, respectively

Treasury stock at cost, 1,640,767 and 305,183 shares at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively

Additional paid-in capital

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

Retained earnings

Total SP Plus Corporation stockholders' equity

Noncontrolling interest

Total stockholders' equity

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

December 31,

2019

2018

$

24.1

$

$

$

$

$

162.3

24.7

211.1

47.9

431.7

4.0

152.2

—

10.2

21.6

10.6

4.3

586.0

788.9

1,479.6

115.3

18.1

28.7

6.8

19.2

48.6

115.2

17.9

369.8

335.5

15.6

351.1

327.7

—

57.1

735.9

—

—

(55.3)

262.6

(2.7)

169.5

374.1

(0.2)

373.9

39.9

150.7

17.2

207.8

40.3

—

4.2

166.0

17.6

9.8

17.3

14.6

9.2

585.5

824.2

1,072.3

110.1

23.5

25.8

9.5

19.7

45.1

—

13.2

246.9

360.9

12.6

373.5

—

24.7

58.6

456.8

—

—

(7.5)

257.7

(2.4)

120.7

368.5

0.1

368.6

$

1,479.6

$

1,072.3

47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SP Plus Corporation
Consolidated Statements of Income

(millions, except for share and per share data)

2019

2018

2017

Years Ended December 31,

Services revenue

Lease type contracts

Management type contracts

Reimbursed management type contract revenue

Total services revenue

Cost of services

Lease type contracts

Management type contracts

Reimbursed management type contract expense

Total cost of services

Gross profit

Lease type contracts

Management type contracts

Total gross profit

General and administrative expenses

Depreciation and amortization

Operating income

Other expense (income)

Interest expense

Interest income

Gain on sale of a business

Equity in (earnings) losses from investment in unconsolidated entity

Total other expenses (income)

Earnings before income taxes

Income tax expense

Net income

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

Net income attributable to SP Plus Corporation

Common stock data

Net income per common share

Basic

Diluted

Weighted average shares outstanding

Basic

Diluted

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

$

408.9

$

413.9

$

526.0

934.9

728.8

1,663.7

366.9

339.9

706.8

728.8

361.5

775.4

693.0

1,468.4

377.6

213.8

591.4

693.0

563.1

348.2

911.3

679.2

1,590.5

518.4

207.6

726.0

679.2

1,435.6

1,284.4

1,405.2

42.0

186.1

228.1

109.0

29.4

89.7

18.9

(0.3)

—

—

18.6

71.1

19.4

51.7

2.9

36.3

147.7

184.0

91.0

17.9

75.1

9.6

(0.4)

—

(10.1)

(0.9)

76.0

19.6

56.4

3.2

$

$

$

48.8

$

53.2

$

2.21

2.20

$

$

2.38

2.35

$

$

44.7

140.6

185.3

82.9

21.0

81.4

9.2

(0.6)

(0.1)

0.7

9.2

72.2

27.7

44.5

3.3

41.2

1.86

1.83

22,080,025

22,208,032

22,394,542

22,607,223

22,195,350

22,508,288

48

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SP Plus Corporation
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

(millions)

Net income

Other comprehensive (loss) income

Comprehensive income

Less: Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interest

Comprehensive income attributable to SP Plus Corporation

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Years Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

51.7

$

56.4

$

(0.3)

51.4

2.9

(0.6)

55.8

3.2

48.5

$

52.6

$

44.5

0.2

44.7

3.3

41.4

$

$

49

 
SP Plus Corporation
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity

Balances at January 1, 2017

22,356,586

$

— $

251.5

$

(1.4) $

25.6

$

(7.5) $

—

—

0.3

—

(0.3)

—

(millions, except for share and
per share data)

Balances at December 31,
2016
Cumulative effect adjustment
upon adoption of  ASU No.
2016-09 on January 1, 2017

Net income

Foreign currency translation
adjustments
Issuance of stock grants

Issuance of restricted stock
units
Issuance of performance stock
units
Non-cash stock-based
compensation related to
restricted stock units and
performance share units

Distribution to noncontrolling
interest

Balances at December 31,
2017
Cumulative effect adjustment
upon adoption of  ASU No.
2018-02 on January 1, 2018
Balances at January 1, 2018

Net income

Foreign currency translation
adjustments
Issuance of stock grants

Issuance of restricted stock
units
Issuance of performance stock
units
Non-cash stock-based
compensation related to
restricted stock units and
performance share units

Distribution to noncontrolling
interest
Balances at December 31,
2018
Net income

Foreign currency translation

Effective portion of cash flow
hedge
Issuance of stock grants

Issuance of restricted stock
units
Issuance of performance stock
units
Non-cash stock-based
compensation related to
restricted stock units and
performance share units

Treasury stock

Distribution to noncontrolling
interest
Balances at December 31,
2019

Common Stock

Number
of
Shares

Par
Value

Additional
Paid-In
Capital

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

Retained
Earnings

Treasury
Stock

Noncontrolling
Interest

Total

22,356,586

$

— $

251.2

$

(1.4) $

25.9

$

(7.5) $

0.2

$

268.4

—

—

27,632

61,599

96,855

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

0.9

—

—

2.2

—

—

0.2

—

—

—

—

—

41.2

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

$

—

0.2

3.3

—

—

—

—

—

(3.2)

—

268.4

44.5

0.2

0.9

—

—

2.2

(3.2)

22,542,672

$

— $

254.6

$

(1.2) $

67.0

$

(7.5) $

0.2

$

313.1

—

22,542,672

—

—

20,757

161,495

59,052

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

254.6

—

—

0.7

—

—

2.4

—

(0.6)

(1.8)

—

(0.6)

—

—

—

—

—

0.6

67.6

53.2

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(7.5)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

22,783,976

$

— $

257.7

$

(2.4) $

120.7

$

(7.5) $

—

—

—

14,076

90,214

62,094

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

0.8

—

—

4.1

—

—

—

0.1

(0.4)

—

—

—

—

—

—

48.8

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(47.9)

—

—

0.2

3.2

—

—

—

—

—

(3.3)

0.1

2.9

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(3.2)

—

313.1

56.4

(0.6)

0.7

—

—

2.4

(3.3)

$

368.6

51.7

0.1

(0.4)

0.8

—

—

4.1

(47.8)

(3.2)

22,950,360

$

— $

262.6

$

(2.7) $

169.5

$

(55.3) $

(0.2) $

373.9

Note: Amounts may not foot due to rounding. 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

50

 
SP Plus Corporation
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(millions)

Operating activities

Net income

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

Depreciation and amortization

Net accretion of acquired lease contracts

Loss on sale of equipment

Net equity in earnings of unconsolidated entities (net of distributions)

Gain on sale of equity method investment in unconsolidated entity

Net gain on sale of a business

Amortization of debt issuance costs

Amortization of original discount on borrowings

Non-cash stock-based compensation

Provision for losses on accounts receivable

Deferred income taxes

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

Notes and accounts receivable

Prepaid expenses and other

Other assets

Accounts payable

Accrued liabilities

Net cash provided by operating activities

Investing activities

Purchase of leasehold improvements and equipment

Proceeds from sale of equipment and contract terminations

Cash received from sale of a business, net of cash disposed

Proceeds from sale of equity method investee's sale of assets

Cost of contracts purchased

Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

Financing activities

Proceeds from credit facility revolver

Payments on credit facility revolver

Proceeds from credit facility term loan

Payments on credit facility term loan

Payments of debt issuance costs and original discount on borrowings

Payments on other long-term borrowings

Distribution to noncontrolling interest

Repurchase of common stock

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

Supplemental Disclosures

Cash paid during the period for

Interest

Income taxes, net

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

$

$

$

51

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

$

51.7

$

56.4

$

29.3

—

—

(0.4)

—

—

0.5

0.4

4.9

1.1

4.2

(12.7)

(6.9)

(4.8)

5.2

3.5

76.0

(10.2)

0.3

—

—

(2.6)

—

(12.5)

455.6

(470.6)

—

(11.3)

—

(2.3)

(3.2)

(47.6)

(79.4)

0.1

(15.8)

39.9

24.1

17.9

15.3

$

$

$

18.8

(1.1)

—

(0.4)

(10.1)

—

0.7

0.5

3.1

1.5

1.3

(16.7)

0.1

2.1

0.8

13.9

70.9

(8.9)

0.2

—

19.3

(1.1)

(277.9)

(268.4)

333.5

(186.3)

225.0

(150.0)

(3.2)

(0.5)

(3.3)

—

215.2

(0.6)

17.1

22.8

39.9

8.5

15.3

$

$

$

44.5

21.7

(2.2)

0.2

(8.5)

—

(0.1)

0.7

0.5

3.1

0.7

1.8

(2.6)

(1.8)

(2.3)

(7.2)

(3.3)

45.2

(6.8)

0.8

0.6

8.4

(0.7)

—

2.3

386.6

(410.1)

—

(20.0)

—

(0.5)

(3.2)

—

(47.2)

0.3

0.6

22.2

22.8

8.0

26.5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SP Plus Corporation
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(millions, except share and per share data)

1. Significant Accounting Policies and Practices

The Company

SP Plus Corporation (the "Company") facilitates the efficient movement of people, vehicles and personal belongings with the goal 
of enhancing the consumer experience while improving bottom line results for our clients. The Company provides professional 
parking management, ground transportation, remote baggage check-in and handling, facility maintenance, security, event logistics, 
and other technology-driven mobility solutions to aviation, commercial, hospitality, healthcare and government clients across North 
America. The Company typically enters into contractual relationships with property owners or managers as opposed to owning 
facilities.

Principles of Consolidation

The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of the Company, its wholly owned subsidiaries, and Variable Interest 
Entities ("VIEs") in which the Company is the primary beneficiary. All significant intercompany profits, transactions and balances 
have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States ("U.S. 
GAAP") requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements 
and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Management evaluates its estimates and assumptions 
on an ongoing basis using historical experience and other factors, including the current environment.

Foreign Currency Translation

The functional currency of the Company's Canadian operations is the Canadian dollar. Accordingly, assets and liabilities of the 
Company's foreign operations are translated from foreign currencies into U.S. dollars at the rates in effect on the balance sheet 
date while income and expenses are translated at the weighted-average exchange rates for the year.  Adjustments resulting from 
the translations of foreign currency financial statements are accumulated and classified as a separate component of stockholders' 
equity.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash equivalents represent funds temporarily invested in money market instruments with maturities of three months or less. Cash 
equivalents are stated at cost, which approximates fair value. Cash and cash equivalents that are restricted as to withdrawal or 
use under the terms of certain contractual agreements were $0.5 million and $1.7 million as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, 
respectively, and are included within Cash and cash equivalents within the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivable, net of the allowance for doubtful accounts, represents the Company's estimate of the amount that ultimately 
will be realized in cash. Management reviews the adequacy of its allowance for doubtful accounts on an ongoing basis, using 
historical collection trends, aging of receivables, and a review of specific accounts, and makes adjustments in the allowance as 
necessary. Changes in economic conditions or other circumstances could have an impact on the collection of existing receivable 
balances or future allowance considerations. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company's allowance for doubtful accounts 
was $1.9 million and $1.0 million, respectively.

Leasehold Improvements, Equipment and Construction in Progress, net

Leasehold improvements, equipment, software, vehicles, and other fixed assets are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation 
and amortization. Equipment is depreciated on the straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives ranging from 1 to 10 years. 
Expenditures for major renewals and improvements that extend the useful life of property and equipment are capitalized. Leasehold 
improvements are amortized on the straight-line basis over the terms of the respective leases or the service lives of the improvements, 
whichever is shorter (weighted average remaining life of approximately 4.6 years).

Certain costs associated with directly obtaining, developing or upgrading internal-use software are capitalized and amortized over 
the estimated useful life of software.

Cost of Contracts

Cost of contracts represents the cost of obtaining contractual rights associated with a managed type or lease-type contract. Cost 
of parking contracts are amortized over the estimated life of the contracts, including anticipated renewals and terminations. Estimated 
lives are based on the contract life or anticipated life of the contract. Effective January 1, 2019, cost of contracts associated with 
leases within the scope of ASU No. 2016-02 Leases (Topic 842) are included in the right-of-use assets balance. 

52

Goodwill and Other Intangibles

Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price paid over the fair value of net assets acquired. In accordance with the Financial 
Accounting  Standards  Board's  ("FASB")  authoritative  accounting  guidance  on  goodwill,  the  Company  evaluates  goodwill  for 
impairment on an annual basis, or more often if events or circumstances change that could cause goodwill to become impaired. 
The Company has elected to assess the impairment of goodwill annually on October 1 or at an interim date if there is an event or 
change in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. The goodwill impairment test is performed at the 
reporting unit level; the Company's reporting units represent its operating segments, consisting of Commercial and Aviation. Factors 
that could trigger an impairment review include significant under-performance relative to expected historical or projected future 
operating results, significant changes in the use of acquired assets or its business strategy, and significant negative industry or 
economic trends.

If the Company does not elect to perform a qualitative assessment, it can voluntarily proceed directly to Step 1. In Step 1, the 
Company performs a quantitative analysis to compare the fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying value including goodwill. If 
the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets assigned to that unit, goodwill is not considered 
impaired, and the Company's is not required to perform further testing. If the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting 
unit exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, then the Company must perform Step 2 of the impairment test in order to determine 
the implied fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill. If the carrying value of a reporting unit's goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, 
then the Company would record an impairment loss equal to the difference.

Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives and reviewed for impairment when circumstances 
change that would indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized on a straight-
line basis over their estimated useful lives. The Company evaluates the remaining useful life of the other intangible assets on a 
periodic  basis  to  determine  whether  events  or  circumstances  warrant  a  revision  to  the  remaining  useful  life. Assumptions  and 
estimates about future values and remaining useful lives of its intangible and other long-lived assets are complex and subjective. 
They can be affected by a variety of factors, including external factors such as industry and economic trends, and internal factors, 
such as changes in its business strategy and internal forecasts. Although management believes the historical assumptions and 
estimates are reasonable and appropriate, different assumptions and estimates could materially impact reported financial results.

See Note 10. Other Intangible Assets, net and Note 11. Goodwill for further discussion.

Long-Lived Assets

The Company evaluates long-lived assets, primarily including Leasehold improvements, equipment and construction in progress, 
right-of use-assets and finite-lived intangible assets for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying 
value of an asset or asset group may not be recoverable. The Company groups assets at the lowest level for which cash flows are 
separately identified in order to measure an impairment. Events or circumstances that would result in an impairment review include 
a significant change in the use of an asset, or the planned sale or disposal of an asset. Recoverability of assets to be held and 
used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of the asset to future undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated 
by the asset group. If it is determined to be impaired, the impairment recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying 
value of the asset exceeds its fair value. The Company's estimates of future cash flows from such assets could be impacted if it 
underperforms relative to historical or projected future operating results.

Assumptions and estimates used to determine cash flows in the evaluation of impairment and the fair values used to determine 
the impairment are subject to a degree of judgment and complexity. Any changes to the assumptions and estimates resulting from 
changes in actual results or market conditions from those anticipated may affect the carrying value of long-lived assets and could 
result in an impairment charge.

Financial Instruments

The carrying values of cash, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate their fair value due to the short-term nature 
of these financial instruments. Book overdrafts of $29.3 million and $34.0 million are included within Accounts payable within the 
Consolidated  Balance  Sheets  as  of  December 31,  2019,  and  2018,  respectively.  Long-term  debt  has  a  carrying  value  that 
approximates fair value because the instruments bear interest at variable market rates.

Insurance Reserves

The Company purchases comprehensive casualty insurance covering certain claims that arise in connection with its operations. 
In  addition,  the  Company  purchases  umbrella/excess  liability  coverage.  Under  the  various  liability  and  workers'  compensation 
insurance policies, the Company is obligated to pay directly or reimburse the insurance carrier for the deductible / retention amount 
of each loss covered by its general/garage liability, automobile, workers' compensation and garage keepers legal liability policies. 
As a result, the Company is, in effect, self-insured for all claims within the deductible / retention amount of each loss. Any loss over 
the  deductible  /  retention  is  the  responsibility  of  the  third-party  insurer. The  Company  applies  the  provisions  as  defined  in  the 
guidance related to accounting for contingencies, in determining the timing and amount of expense recognition associated with 
claims against the Company. The expense recognition is based upon the Company's determination of an unfavorable outcome of 
a claim being deemed as probable and capable of being reasonably estimated, as defined in the guidance related to accounting 
for  contingencies. This  determination  requires  the  use  of  judgment  in  both  the  estimation  of  probability  and  the  amount  to  be 
recognized as an expense. The Company utilizes historical claims experience along with actuarial methods performed quarterly 

53

by a third party actuarial adviser in determining the required level of insurance reserves. As of December 31, 2019, the insurance 
reserve for general, garage, automobile and workers’ compensation liabilities is recorded in Accrued insurance and Other long-
term liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets for short term and long term balances, respectively. Future information regarding 
historical loss experience may require changes to the level of insurance reserves and could result in increased expense recognition 
in the future.

Legal and Other Commitments and Contingencies

The Company is subject to litigation in the normal course of its business. The Company applies the provisions as defined in the 
guidance related to accounting for contingencies in determining the recognition and measurement of expense recognition associated 
with legal claims against the Company.  Management uses guidance from internal and external legal counsel on the potential 
outcome of litigation in determining the need to record liabilities for potential losses and the disclosure of pending legal claims.

Services Revenue

The Company's revenues are primarily derived from management type and lease type contracts; whereby the Company provides 
parking services, parking management, ground transportation services, baggage handling services and other ancillary services to 
commercial, hospitality, institutional, municipal and aviation clients.  Ancillary services include on-site parking management, facility 
maintenance, ground transportation services, event logistics, remote airline check-in, security services, municipal meter revenue 
collection  and  enforcement  services,  scheduling  and  supervising  all  service  personnel  as  well  as  providing  customer  service, 
marketing, and accounting and revenue control functions necessary to complete such services, payments received for exercising 
termination rights, consulting development fees, gains on sales of contracts, insurance (general, workers' compensation and health 
care) and other value-added services.  In accordance with the guidance related to revenue recognition, entities are required to 
recognize  revenue  when  control  of  the  promised  goods  or  services  is  transferred  to  customers  at  an  amount  that  reflects  the 
consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. The Company recognizes gross 
receipts (net of taxes collected from customers) as revenue from leased type contracts, and management fees for services, as the 
related services are provided. Ancillary services are earned from management contract properties and are recognized as revenue 
as those services are provided.

Reimbursed Management Type Contract Revenue and Expense

The Company recognizes both revenues and expenses, in equal amounts, that are directly reimbursed for operating expenses 
incurred under a management type contract. The Company has determined it is the principal in these transactions as the nature 
of our performance obligations is for the Company to provide the services on behalf of the customer. As the principal to these related 
transactions, the Company has control of the promised services before they are transferred to the customer.

Cost of Services

The Company recognizes costs for lease type contracts, non-reimbursed costs from management type contracts and reimbursed 
management type contract expenses as cost of services. Cost of services consists primarily of rent and payroll related costs.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based payments to employees including grants of employee stock options, restricted stock units and performance-based 
share units are measured at the grant date, based on the estimated fair value of the award, and the related expense is recognized 
over the requisite employee service period or performance period (generally the vesting period) for awards expected to vest. The 
Company accounts for forfeitures of stock-based awards as they occur.

Equity Investment in Unconsolidated Entities

The Company has ownership interests in 30 active partnerships, joint ventures or similar arrangements that operate parking facilities, 
of which 25 are consolidated under the VIE or voting interest models and 5 are unconsolidated where the Company’s ownership 
interests range from 30-50 percent and for which there are no indicators of control. The Company accounts for such investments 
under the equity method of accounting, and its underlying share of each investee’s equity is included in Equity investments in 
unconsolidated entities within the Consolidated Balance Sheets. As the operations of these entities are consistent with the Company’s 
underlying core business operations, the equity in earnings of these investments are included in Services revenue - lease type 
contracts within the Consolidated Statements of Income. Included in equity earnings for the year ended December 31, 2017 are 
earnings of $8.5 million from the Company's proportionate share of the net gain of an equity method investees' sale of assets. The 
equity earnings in these related investments were $3.2 million, $2.7 million, and $11.3 million for the year ended December 31, 
2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

In 2014, the Company entered into an agreement to establish a joint venture with Parkmobile USA, Inc. and contributed all of the 
assets and liabilities of its proprietary Click and Park parking prepayment business in exchange for a 30% interest in the newly 
formed legal entity called Parkmobile, LLC (“Parkmobile”). On January 3, 2018, the Company sold its entire 30% interest in 
Parkmobile to Parkmobile USA, Inc. for a gross sale price of $19.0 million and in the first quarter of 2018, the Company 
recognized a pre-tax gain of $10.1 million, net of closing costs, and included in Equity in (earnings) losses from investment in 
unconsolidated entity within the Consolidated Statements of Income for the year ended December 31, 2018. The Company 
historically accounted for its investment in the Parkmobile joint venture using the equity method of accounting, and its underlying 
share of equity in Parkmobile was included in Equity investments in unconsolidated entities within the Consolidated Balance 

54

Sheets. The equity (earnings) losses in the Parkmobile joint venture were historically included in Equity in (earnings) losses from 
investment in unconsolidated entity within the Consolidated Statements of Income.

Noncontrolling Interests

Noncontrolling interests represent the noncontrolling holders' percentage share of income or losses from the subsidiaries in which 
the Company holds a majority, but less than 100 percent, ownership interest and the results of which are consolidated and included 
within in our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Sale of a Business

In August 2015, the Company sold portions of the Company’s security business primarily operating in the Southern California market 
to a third-party for a gross sales price of $1.8 million, which resulted in a gain on sale of business of $0.5 million, net of legal and 
other expenses. The assets under the sale agreement met the definition of a business as defined by ASU 805-10-55-4. Cash 
consideration received during 2015, net of legal and other expenses, was $1.0 million with the remaining consideration for the sale 
of the business being classified as contingent consideration. Per the sale agreement, the contingent consideration was based on 
the performance of the business and retention of current customers over an eighteen-month period ending in February 2017. The 
contingent consideration was valued at fair value as of the date of sale of the business and resulted in the Company recognizing 
a contingent receivable from the buyer in the amount of $0.5 million. The Company received $0.6 million for the final earn-out 
consideration from the buyer during 2017, which resulted in the Company recognizing an additional gain on sale of business of 
$0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. 

Income Taxes

Income tax expense involves management judgment as to the ultimate resolution of any tax issues. Historically, our assessments 
of the ultimate resolution of tax issues have been reasonably accurate. The current open issues are not dissimilar from historical 
items.

Deferred income taxes are computed using the asset and liability method, such that deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized 
for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between US GAAP amounts and the tax bases of existing assets 
and liabilities based on currently enacted tax laws and tax rates in effect for the periods in which these temporary differences are 
expected to reverse or be settled. Income tax expense is the tax payable for the period plus the change during the period in deferred 
income taxes. The Company has certain state net operating loss carry forwards which expire in 2036. The Company considers a 
number of factors in its assessment of the recoverability of its net operating loss carryforwards including their expiration dates, the 
limitations imposed due to the change in ownership as well as future projections of income. Future changes in the Company's 
operating  performance  along  with  these  considerations  may  significantly  impact  the  amount  of  net  operating  losses  ultimately 
recovered, and its assessment of their recoverability.

When evaluating our tax positions, the Company accounts for uncertainty in income taxes in our Consolidated Financial Statements. 
The evaluation of a tax position by the Company is a two-step process, the first step being recognition. The first step is to determine 
whether it is more-likely-than-not that a tax position will be sustained upon tax examination, including resolution of any related 
appeals or litigation processes, based on only the technical merits of the position and the weight of available evidence. If a tax 
position does not meet the more-likely-than-not threshold, which is more than 50% likely of being realized, the benefit of that position 
is not recognized in our financial statements. The second step is measurement of the tax benefit. The tax position is measured as 
the largest amount of benefit that is more-likely-than-not of being realized, which is more than 50% likely of being realized upon 
ultimate resolution with a taxing authority.

On December 22, 2017, the U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the “2017 Tax Act”) was signed into law. The 2017 Tax Act included 
significant  changes  to  the  corporate  income  tax  system  in  the  United  States,  including  a  federal  corporate  rate  reduction 
from 35% to 21% and the transition of United States international taxation from a worldwide tax system to a territorial tax system, 
and a one-time transition tax on the mandatory deemed repatriation of foreign earnings. On December 22, 2017, the SEC staff 
issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118, Income Tax Accounting Implications of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (SAB 118), as 
issued to address the application of US GAAP in situations when a registrant does not have the necessary information available, 
prepared, or analyzed (including computations) in reasonable detail to complete accounting for certain income tax effects of the 
2017 Tax Act. The Company completed its analysis of the income tax effects of the 2017 Tax Act in the fourth quarter of 2018 (within 
the measurement period not to extend beyond one year) in accordance with SAB 118. 

55

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements 

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). Topic 842 requires lessees to record most leases on 
the balance sheet and recognize expense on the income statement. Additionally, the classification criteria and the accounting for 
sales-type  and  direct  financing  leases  is  modified  for  lessors.  Under Topic  842,  all  entities  are  required  to  recognize  "right-of-
use" ("ROU") assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet for all leases classified as either operating or finance leases. Lease 
classification will determine recognition of lease-related revenue and expense. Since the release of Topic 842, the FASB also issued 
the following additional ASUs updating the topic:

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

In January 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-01, Land Easement Practical Expedient for Transition to Topic 842 
In July 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-11, Lease (Topic 842): Targeted Improvements
In July 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-10, Codification Improvements to Topic 842, Leases
In December 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-20, Narrow Scope Improvements for Lessors
In March 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-01, Codification Improvements

Topic 842 and its related ASUs were effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018. 

The Company adopted the provisions of Topic 842 on January 1, 2019 under the modified retrospective approach and has used 
the effective date as the initial application date. Therefore, comparative periods have not been recast and continue to be reported 
under the accounting standards in effect for those prior periods presented. In addition, the Company elected the package of practical 
expedients permitted under the transition guidance within the new standard, which among other things, allowed the Company to 
carry forward the historical lease classification. 

The  standard  had  a  material  impact  in  the  Company's  Consolidated  Balance  Sheet,  but  did  not  have  a  material  impact  in  the 
Company's Consolidated Income Statements and no impact in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow. The most significant 
impact was the recognition of ROU assets and lease liabilities for operating leases, while the Company's accounting for finance 
leases remained substantially unchanged.  

The impact of the standard on the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2019 is as follows:

(millions)

Assets

Prepaid expenses and other (a)

Right-of-use assets (b)

Favorable acquired lease contracts, net (c)

Cost of contracts, net (d)

Liabilities

Accrued rent (e)

Short-term lease liabilities (f)

Long-term lease liabilities (g)

Unfavorable lease contracts, net (h)

Other long-term liabilities (i)

Impact of Changes in Accounting Policies as
of December 31, 2019

Balances
without
Adoption of
Topic 842

Impact of
Adoption
Increase/
(Decrease)

As Reported

$

24.7

$

25.3

$

431.7

—

4.3

—

14.1

8.3

(0.6)

431.7

(14.1)

(4.0)

$

18.1

$

26.8

$

(8.7)

115.2

327.7

—

57.1

—

—

19.2

61.3

115.2

327.7

(19.2)

(4.2)

(a)  Represents prepaid rent reclassified to Right-of-use assets
(b)  Represents capitalization of operating lease assets and reclassification of prepaid and deferred rent, lease incentives, favorable 
      and unfavorable acquired lease contracts, net and cost of contract balances on operating leases
(c)  Represents favorable acquired lease contracts, net reclassified to Right-of-use assets
(d)  Represents cost of contract, net reclassified to Right-of-use assets
(e)  Represents short-term deferred rent reclassified to Right-of-use assets
(f)   Represents the recognition of short-term operating lease liabilities
(g)  Represents the recognition of long-term operating lease liabilities
(h)  Represents unfavorable acquired lease contracts, net reclassified to Right-of-use assets
(i)   Represents long-term deferred rent reclassified to Right-of-use assets

56

 
In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-07, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Nonemployee 
Share-Based Payment Accounting. Under existing guidance, the accounting for nonemployee share-based payments differs from 
that applied to employee awards, particularly with regard to the measurement date and the impact of performance conditions. This 
ASU provides that existing employee guidance will apply to nonemployee share-based transactions (as long as the transaction is 
not effectively a form of financing), with the exception of specific guidance related to the attribution of compensation cost. The cost 
of nonemployee awards will continue to be recorded as if the grantor had paid cash for the goods or services. In addition, the 
contractual term will be able to be used in lieu of an expected term in the option-pricing model for nonemployee awards. The 
Company adopted the standard as of January 1, 2019. The standard did not have an impact on the Company’s financial position, 
results of operations, cash flows or financial statement disclosures.

In August 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-12, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Targeted Improvements to Accounting 
for Hedging Activities. This Update modifies accounting guidance for hedge accounting by making more hedge strategies eligible 
for hedge accounting, amending presentation and disclosure requirements, and changing how companies assess ineffectiveness. 
The  intent  is  to  simplify  the  application  of  hedge  accounting  and  increase  transparency  of  information  about  an  entity’s  risk 
management activities. The Company adopted the standard as of January 1, 2019. The standard did not have an impact on the 
Company’s financial position, results of operations, cash flows or financial statement disclosures.

In October 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-16, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Inclusion of the Secured Overnight Financing 
Rate (SOFR) Overnight Index Swap (OIS) Rate as Benchmark Interest Rate for Hedge Accounting Purposes. This Update permits 
use of the OIS rate based on the SOFR as a U.S. benchmark interest rate for hedge accounting purposes. The Company adopted 
the standard as of January 1, 2019. The standard did not have an impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, 
cash flows or financial statement disclosures.

In  February  2018,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2018-02,  Reclassification  of  Certain  Tax  Effects  from  Accumulated  Other 
Comprehensive  Income.  The  ASU  provides  guidance  that  permits  companies  to  reclassify  disproportionate  tax  effects  in 
accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI) caused by the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the "2017 Tax Act") to retained 
earnings. The FASB refers to these amounts as "stranded tax effects." Companies that elect to reclassify the effects associated 
with the change in US federal corporate income tax rate must do so for all items within AOCI. The new guidance also required all 
companies to include certain new disclosures in their financial statements, regardless of whether a company opts to make the 
reclassification. Companies were allowed to adopt the new guidance using one of two transition methods: (1) retrospective to each 
period (or periods) in which the income tax effects of the 2017 Tax Act related to items remaining in AOCI are recognized, or (2) at 
the beginning of the period of adoption. ASU No. 2018-02 was effective for all companies for fiscal years beginning after December 
15, 2018 and interim periods within those fiscal years. 

The Company adopted the provisions of ASU 2018-02 in the fourth quarter of 2018. The impact to the Company's financial position, 
results of operations, cash flow and financial statement disclosures are as follows:

• 

• 

At the beginning of the twelve months ended December 31, 2018, as allowed by ASU 2018-02, the Company elected to 
reclassify the "stranded tax effects" from AOCI to retained earnings. As a result, beginning retained earnings includes a 
$0.6 million adjustment related to the recognition of stranded tax effects previously not recognized as a reduction of expense 
by the Company as of December 31, 2017.
There was no significant impact to diluted weighted average shares outstanding for purposes of calculating net income 
per common share-diluted for the twelve months ended December 31, 2018, as a result of the adoption. 

Accounting Pronouncements to be Adopted

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Accounting for 
Goodwill  Impairment.  The  new  guidance  simplifies  the  accounting  for  goodwill  impairment  by  removing  Step  2  of  the  goodwill 
impairment test, which requires a hypothetical purchase price allocation. A goodwill impairment will now be the amount by which a 
reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value, not to exceed the carrying amount of goodwill. All other goodwill impairment 
guidance will remain largely unchanged. Entities will continue to have the option to perform a qualitative assessment to determine 
if a quantitative impairment test is necessary. The same one-step impairment test will be applied to goodwill at all reporting units, 
even those with zero or negative carrying amounts. Entities will be required to disclose the amount of goodwill at reporting units 
with zero or negative carrying amounts. ASU No. 2017-04 is effective for annual or any interim goodwill impairment tests in fiscal 
years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests. The standard 
is not expected to have an impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, cash flows and financial statement 
disclosures.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses 
on Financial Instruments. The standard significantly changes how entities will measure credit losses for most financial assets and 
certain other instruments that are not measured at fair value through net income. The standard will replace today’s “incurred loss” 
approach with an “expected loss” model for instruments measured at amortized cost. For available-for-sale debt securities, entities 
will be required to record allowances rather than reduce the carrying amount, as they do today under the other-than-temporary 
impairment model.  Entities will apply the standard’s provisions as a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the 
beginning of the first reporting period in which the guidance is effective. The standard is effective for interim and annual reporting 

57

 
periods beginning after December 15, 2019. The standard is not expected to have an impact on the Company’s financial position, 
results of operations, cash flows and financial statement disclosures.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-15, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other – Internal - Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): 
Customer's Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract. The 
standard requires a customer in a cloud computing arrangement that is a service contract to follow the internal-use software guidance 
in Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 350-40 to determine which implementation costs to capitalize as assets. Capitalized 
implementation costs related to a hosting arrangement that is a service contract will be amortized over the term of the hosting 
arrangement, beginning when the module or component of the hosting arrangement is ready for its intended use. The standard is 
effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019. The standard is not expected to have an 
impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, cash flows and financial statement disclosures.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820). This standard modifies the disclosures 
on fair value measurements by removing the requirement to disclose the amount and reasons for transfers between Level 1 and 
Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy and the policy for timing of such transfers. The ASU expands the disclosure requirements for 
Level 3 fair value measurements, primarily focused on changes in unrealized gains and losses included in other comprehensive 
income. The standard is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019. The standard is not 
expected to have an impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, cash flows and financial statement disclosures.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes. 
This standard eliminates certain exceptions related to the approach for intraperiod tax allocation, the methodology for calculating 
income taxes in an interim period and the recognition of deferred tax liabilities for outside basis differences. The standard is effective 
for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2020. The Company is currently assessing the impact of 
adopting the standard on the Company's financial position, results of operations, cash flows and financial statement disclosures.

2. Leases

The Company leases parking facilities, office space, warehouses, vehicles and equipment and determines if an arrangement is a 
lease at inception. The Company rents or subleases certain real estate to third parties. The Company's sublease portfolio consists 
of operating leases for space within its leased parking facilities.

Prior to January 1, 2019, the Company recognized lease expense related to operating leases on a straight-line basis over the terms 
of the leases and, accordingly, recorded the difference between cash rent payments and recognition of rent expense as a deferred 
rent liability or prepaid rent. Landlord-funded leasehold improvements were also recorded as deferred rent liabilities and were 
amortized as a reduction of rent expense over the noncancelable term of the related operating lease. For leases that included one 
or more options to renew, the exercise of such renewal options is at the Company's sole discretion or mutual agreement. Certain 
of the Company's lease agreements include variable rent consisting primarily of payments that are a percentage of parking services 
revenue based on contractual levels and rental payments adjusted periodically for inflation. 

Upon adoption of Topic 842, ROU assets represent the Company's "right-of-use" over an underlying asset for the lease term and 
lease liabilities represent the Company's obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating lease ROU assets 
and lease liabilities are recognized at commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. The 
ROU asset includes cumulative prepaid or accrued rent on adoption date, unamortized lease incentives, unamortized initial direct 
costs, unamortized favorable acquired lease contracts, net and unfavorable acquired lease contracts, net initially recognized prior 
to adoption of Topic 842. The short term lease exception has been applied to leases with an initial term of 12 months or less and 
these leases are not recorded on the balance sheet. 

As most of the Company's leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate in determining 
the present value of lease payments. The Company uses the implicit rate when readily determinable. Lease expense is recognized 
on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

For leases that include one or more options to renew, the exercise of such renewal options is at the Company's sole discretion or 
mutual agreement. Equipment and vehicle leases also include options to purchase the leased property. The depreciable lives of 
assets and leasehold improvements are limited by the expected lease term, unless there is a transfer of title or purchase option 
reasonably certain of exercise.

Variable lease components comprising of payments that are a percentage of parking services revenue based on contractual levels 
and rental payments adjusted periodically for inflation are not included in the lease liability. The Company's lease agreements do 
not contain any material residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants.

Consistent  with  other  long-lived  assets  or  asset  groups  that  are  held  and  used,  the  Company  tests  right-of-use  assets  when 
impairment indicators are present as detailed in Note 1. Significant Accounting Policies and Practices.

Service concession arrangements within the scope of ASU No. 2017-10, Service Concession Arrangements (Topic 853): Determining 
the Customer of the Operation Services, are excluded from the scope of Topic 842. Lease costs associated with these arrangements 
are recorded as a reduction of revenue. See Note 5. Revenue for further discussion. Upon adoption of Topic 842, favorable and 
58

unfavorable acquired lease contracts, net that represented the fair value of acquired lease contracts, arising from the October 2, 
2012 acquisition of KCPC Holdings, Inc. the ultimate parent of Central Parking Corporation, are now included in the right-of-use 
assets balance. See Note 1. Significant Accounting Policies and Practices for the favorable and unfavorable acquired lease contracts, 
net balance reclassified to right-of-use assets upon adoption of Topic 842.

The components of leased assets and liabilities and classification on the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2019
were as follows:

(millions)

Assets

Operating

Finance

Total leased assets

Liabilities

Current

Operating

Finance

Noncurrent

Operating

Finance

Total lease liabilities

Classification

Right-of-use assets

Leasehold improvements, equipment and construction in progress, net

Short-term lease liabilities

Current portion of long-term obligations under credit facility and other long-
term borrowings

Long-term lease liabilities

Other long-term borrowings

2019

431.7

18.6

450.3

115.2

3.1

327.7

15.6

461.6

$

$

$

$

The components of lease cost and classification on the Consolidated Statement of Income for the year ended December 31, 2019
were as follows:

(millions)
Operating lease (a)
Short-term lease (a)
Variable lease

Operating lease cost

Finance lease cost

Classification

Cost of services - lease type contracts

Cost of services - lease type contracts

Cost of services - lease type contracts

Amortization of leased
assets

Depreciation and amortization

Interest on lease liabilities

Interest expense

Net lease cost

2019

150.9

33.1

58.1

242.1

2.3

0.9

245.3

$

$

(a) Includes $6.0 million operating lease costs related to leases for office space, classified in General and administrative expenses

Sublease income during the year ended December 31, 2019 was $5.5 million. 

The Company has entered into operating lease arrangements as of December 31, 2019 that commence in future periods. The total 
amount of right-of-use assets and lease liabilities related to these arrangements are immaterial. 

59

 
 
 
 
 
 
Maturities, lease term, and discount rate information of lease liabilities as of December 31, 2019 were as follows: 

(millions)

2020

2021

2022

2023

2024

2025 and thereafter

Total lease payments

Less: Imputed interest

Total

$

Operating 
Leases

Finance
Leases

$

133.7

$

104.0

83.7

56.8

38.1

96.9

513.2

70.3

4.0

4.0

3.5

2.5

1.4

6.0

21.4

2.7

Present value of lease liabilities

$

442.9

$

18.7

$

Weighted-average remaining lease term (years)

Weighted-average discount rate

5.6

4.9%

6.9

4.9%

Future sublease income for the above periods shown was excluded as the amounts are not material. 

Supplemental cash flow information related to leases was as follows: 

(millions)

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities

Operating cash outflows related to operating leases

Operating cash outflows related to finance leases

Financing cash outflows related to finance leases

Leased assets obtained in exchange for new operating liabilities

Leased assets obtained in exchange for new finance lease liabilities

3. Acquisition

2019

$

137.7

108.0

87.2

59.3

39.5

102.9

534.6

73.0

461.6

179.0

0.9

2.3

68.6

6.8

On November 30, 2018, the Company acquired the outstanding shares (the "Acquisition") of ZWB Holdings, Inc. and Rynn's Luggage 
Corporation, and their subsidiaries and affiliates (collectively, "Bags"). Bags is a leading provider of baggage delivery, remote airline 
check in, and other related services, primarily to airline, airport and hospitality clients. Subject to the terms and conditions of the 
Stock Purchase Agreement, as consideration for the Acquisition, SP Plus paid to the seller total consideration of approximately 
$283.6 million. The consideration was comprised of $275.0 million of contractual cash consideration, $8.1 million related to the net 
working capital and cash acquired and $0.5 million for certain individual taxes to be paid by the seller (the “Cash Consideration”). 
As described in Note 20. Domestic and Foreign Operations, the Company integrated the Bags' operations into the Aviation segment, 
effective November 30, 2018. 

The Acquisition has been accounted for as a business combination, and assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded at 
their estimated fair values. Goodwill as of the date of the Acquisition (the "acquisition date") is measured as the excess of consideration 
transferred, which is also generally measured at fair value or the net acquisition date fair values of the assets acquired and the 
liabilities  assumed.   The  results  of  operations  are  reflected  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements  of  the  Company  from  the 
acquisition date. 

The Company incurred certain acquisition and integration costs associated with the transaction that were expensed as incurred 
and are reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Income. See Note 4. Acquisition, Restructuring and Integration Costs. 

60

 
The fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed are as follows:

(millions)
Cash and cash equivalents
Notes and accounts receivable
Prepaid expenses and other
Advances and deposits
Leasehold improvements, equipment and construction in progress, net
Other intangible assets, net
Goodwill
Accounts payable
Accrued expenses

$

Other long-term liabilities

Measurement
Period
Adjustments

Final

Initial

5.9
13.2
2.0
0.2
1.5
118.0
154.1
(6.5)
(4.1)

(0.7)

$

0.3

(0.3)

5.9
13.2
2.0
0.2
1.5
118.0
154.4
(6.5)
(4.4)

(0.7)

283.6

Net assets acquired and liabilities assumed

$

283.6 $

— $

Goodwill amounting to $154.4 million represents the future economic benefits arising from other assets acquired in a business 
combination  that  are  not  individually  identified  and  separately  recognized.  The  goodwill  recognized  is  attributable  primarily  to 
expanded revenue synergies and opportunities in the aviation and hospitality businesses, and other benefits that the Company 
believes will result from combining its operations with the operations of Bags. The goodwill acquired is deductible for tax purposes. 

Other Intangibles assets, net acquired consist of the following:

(millions)
Trade name
Customer relationships
Existing technology
Non-compete agreement
Estimated fair value of identified intangibles

Estimated Life
5.0 Years
12.4 - 15.8 Years
5.0 - 6.0 Years
5.0 Years

Fair Value

$

$

5.6
100.4
10.4
1.6
118.0

The fair value for all identifiable intangible assets is based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset, 
based on the most advantageous market for the asset (i.e., its highest and best use). The fair value of trade names was determined 
with the relief from royalty savings method, which is a commonly-used variation of the income approach.  The Company considered 
the return on assets and market comparable methods when estimating an appropriate royalty rate for the trade names.  The fair 
value of acquired customer relationships was determined with the excess earnings method, which is a variation of the income 
approach.   This  approach  calculates  the  excess  of  the  future  cash  inflows  (i.e.,  revenue  from  customers  generated  from  the 
relationships) over the related cash outflows (i.e., customer servicing expenses) generated over the useful life of the relationship.  
The fair value of developed or existing technology was determined utilizing the relief from royalty savings method under the income 
approach with additional consideration given to asset deterioration rates.

Unaudited Pro forma financial information

The following unaudited pro forma results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, assumes the Acquisition 
was completed on January 1, 2018, and as such Bags pre-acquisition results have been added to the Company’s historical results. 
The historical consolidated financial information of the Company and the Acquisition have been adjusted to give effect to pro forma 
events that are (1) directly attributable to the transaction, (2) factually supportable and (3) expected to have a continuing impact on 
the  combined  results.  The  pro  forma  results  contained  in  the  table  below  include  adjustments  for  (i)  amortization  of  acquired 
intangibles, (ii) reduced general and administrative expenses related to non-routine transaction expenses, (iii) increased interest 
expense related to the financing of the Acquisition, and (iv) estimated income tax effect.  

The  unaudited  pro  forma  condensed  combined  financial  information  is  presented  solely  for  informational  purposes  and  is  not 
necessarily indicative of the combined results of operations or financial position that might have been achieved for the periods or 
dates indicated, nor is it necessarily indicative of the future results of the combined company. The unaudited pro forma condensed 
combined financial statements do not give effect to the potential impact of any anticipated benefits from any revenue synergies, 
cost savings or operating synergies that may result from the Acquisition or to any disynergies and integration related costs.  Also, 
the  unaudited  pro  forma  condensed  combined  financial  information  does  not  reflect  possible  adjustments  related  to  potential 
restructuring or integration activities that have yet to be determined or transaction or other costs following the combination that are 
not expected to have a continuing impact on the business of the combined company. Further, one-time transaction-related expenses 
anticipated to be incurred prior to, or concurrent with, the closing of the transaction are not included in the unaudited pro forma 

61

 
condensed combined statement of income as such transaction costs were determined not to be significant. Additionally, the unaudited 
pro forma financial information does not reflect the costs that the company has incurred or may incur to integrate Bags.

(millions)

Total services revenue

Net income attributable to SP Plus Corporation

2018

$

1,617.7

55.1

Services revenue and net income related to Bags that are included in the Consolidated Statements of Income are $175.2 million
and  $12.4  million  in  2019  and  $14.2  million  and  $1.3  million  in  2018,  respectively,  which  are  included  in  Services  revenue  - 
Management type contracts and Net income attributable to SP Plus Corporation, respectively.   

4. Acquisition, Restructuring and Integration Costs

Acquisition, Restructuring and Integration Costs

The Company has incurred certain acquisition, restructuring, and integration costs that were expensed as incurred, which include:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

transaction costs and other acquisition related costs (primarily professional and advisory services) primarily related to the 
Acquisition (included within General and administrative expenses within the Consolidated Statements of Income);

costs (primarily severance and relocation costs) related to a series of Company initiated workforce reductions to increase 
organizational effectiveness and provide cost savings that can be reinvested in the Company's growth initiatives, during 
2019, 2018 and 2017 (included within General and administrative expenses within the Consolidated Statements of Income); 

costs related to the selling stockholders' underwritten public offerings of common stock of the Company incurred during 
the second quarter 2017 (included within General and administrative expenses within the Consolidated Statements of 
Income); and

consulting  costs  for  integration-related  activities  related  to  the Acquisition  (included  within  General  and  administrative 
expenses within the Consolidated Statements of Income);

The aggregate costs associated with the acquisition, restructuring, and integration related costs for the years ended December 31, 
2019, 2018 and 2017 are summarized in the following table:

(millions)
General and administrative expenses

Year Ended December 31,
2018

2017

2019

$

1.3

$

8.1

$

1.2

An accrual for acquisition, restructuring and integration costs of $0.1 million (of which, $0.1 million is included in Compensation and 
payroll withholdings within the Consolidated Balance Sheets) and $3.3 million (of which, $1.0 million is included in Compensation 
and payroll withholdings, $2.1 million is included in Accrued Expenses, and $0.5 million in Other long-term liabilities within  the 
Consolidated Balance Sheets) as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. As of December 31, 2019, all accruals for acquisition, 
restructuring, and integration are short term in nature.

5. Revenue 

The Company accounts for revenue in accordance with Topics 606 and 853. Topic 606 requires entities to recognize revenue when 
control of the promised goods or services is transferred to customers at an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity 
expects to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. See also Note 1. Significant Accounting Policies and Practices 
for further discussion. The Company adopted Topics 606 and 853 on January 1, 2018, using the modified retrospective method of 
adoption.

Contracts with customers and clients

The Company accounts for a contract when it has approval and commitment from both parties, the rights of the parties are identified, 
payment terms are identified, the contract has commercial substance, and collectability of consideration is probable. Once a contract 
is identified, the Company evaluates whether the combined or single contract should be accounted for as more than one performance 
obligation.  Substantially  all  of  the  Company's  revenues  come  from  the  following  two  types  of  arrangements:  Lease  type  and 
Management type contracts. 

Lease type contracts 

Under lease type arrangements, the Company pays the property owner a fixed base rent or payment, percentage rent or payment 
that  is  tied  to  the  facility’s  financial  performance,  or  a  combination  of  both. The  Company  operates  the  parking  facility  and  is 

62

 
 
responsible for most operating expenses, but typically is not responsible for major maintenance, capital expenditures or real estate 
taxes.  Performance  obligations  related  to  lease  type  contracts  include  parking  for  transient  and  monthly  parkers.  Revenue  is 
recognized over time as the Company provides services. As noted in Note 1. Significant Accounting Policies and Practices and in 
accordance with Topic 853, certain expenses, primarily rental expense for the contractual arrangements that meet the definition of 
service  concession  arrangements,  are  recorded  as  a  reduction  of  revenue  for  the  year  ended  December 31,  2019  and  2018, 
respectively. 

Management type contracts  

Management type contract revenue consists of management fees, including both fixed, variable and/or performance-based fees. 
In exchange for this consideration, the Company has a bundle of performance obligations that include services such as managing 
the facilities and providing certain services to a client.  The Company believes that it can generally purchase required insurance 
for the location at lower rates than clients can obtain on their own because the Company is effectively self-insured for all liability, 
workers' compensation and health care claims by maintaining a large per-claim deductible. As a result, the Company generates 
operating income on the insurance provided under its management type contracts by focusing on our risk management efforts and 
controlling losses. Management type contract revenues do not include gross customer collections at the managed facilities or for 
providing certain services to a client, as these revenues belong to the clients rather than to the Company. Management type contracts 
generally provide the Company with management fees regardless of the operating performance of the underlying facilities. Revenue 
is recognized over time as the Company provides services.

Service concession arrangements 

Service concession agreements within the scope of Topic 853 include both lease type and management type contracts. Upon the 
adoption of Topic 853, revenue generated from service concession arrangements, is accounted for under the guidance of Topics 
606 and Topic 853. Certain expenses (primarily rental expense) related to service concession arrangements, previously recorded 
within Cost of services - lease type contracts and Depreciation and amortization, have been recorded as a reduction of Services 
revenue - lease type contracts upon adoption of Topic 853.

Contract modifications and taxes

Contracts are often modified to account for changes in contract specifications and requirements. The Company considers contract 
modifications to exist when the modification either changes the consideration due to the Company or creates new performance 
obligations or changes the existing scope of the contract and related performance obligations. Most of our contract modifications 
are for services that are not distinct from the existing contract due to the fact that the Company is providing a bundle of performance 
obligations that are highly inter-related in the context of the contract, and are therefore accounted for as if they were part of that 
existing contract. Typically, modifications are accounted for prospectively as part of the existing contract.

Taxes assessed by a governmental authority that are both imposed on and concurrent with a specific revenue-producing transaction, 
which are collected by the Company from a customer, are excluded from revenue.

Reimbursed management type contract revenue and expense

The Company recognizes both revenues and expenses, in equal amounts, that are directly reimbursed operating expenses 
incurred under a management type contract. The Company has determined it is the principal in these transactions as the nature 
of its performance obligations is for the Company to provide the services on behalf of the customer. As the principal to these 
related transactions, the Company has control of the promised services before they are transferred to the customer.

Disaggregation of revenue 

The Company disaggregates its revenue from contracts with customers by type of arrangement for each of our reportable segments. 
The Company has concluded that such disaggregation of revenue best depicts the overall economic nature, timing and uncertainty 
of the Company's revenue and cash flows affected by the economic factors of the respective contractual arrangement. See Note 
20. Domestic and Foreign Operations for further information on disaggregation of the Company's revenue by segment.

Performance obligations 

A performance obligation is a promise in a contract to transfer a distinct good or service to the customer or client, and is the unit of 
account in Topic 606. The contract transaction price is allocated to each distinct performance obligation and recognized as revenue 
when, or as, the performance obligation is satisfied. The majority of our contracts have a single performance obligation that is not 
separately identifiable from other promises in the contract and therefore not distinct, comprising the promise to provide a bundle 
of monthly performance obligations or services for transient or monthly parkers.

The contract price is generally deemed to be the transaction price. Some management type contracts include performance incentives 
that are based on variable performance measures. These incentives are constrained at contract inception and recognized once 
the customer has confirmed that the Company has met the contractually agreed upon performance measures as defined in the 
contract.

63

 
Our performance obligations are primarily satisfied over time as the Company provides the related services. Typically, revenue is 
recognized  over  time  on  a  straight-line  basis  as  the  Company  satisfies  the  related  performance  obligation.  There  are  certain 
management type contracts where revenue is recognized based on costs incurred to date plus a reasonable margin. The Company 
has concluded this is a faithful depiction of how control is transferred to the customer. Performance obligations satisfied at a point 
in time for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, were not significant.  

The time between completion of the performance obligation and collection of cash is typically not more than 30 - 60 days. In certain 
contractual  arrangements,  such  as  monthly  parker  contracts,  cash  is  collected  in  advance  of  the  Company  commencing  its 
performance obligations under the contractual arrangement.  

As of December 31, 2019, the Company had $152.9 million related to performance obligations that were unsatisfied or partially 
unsatisfied for which the Company expects to recognize revenue. This amount excludes variable consideration primarily related to 
contracts where the Company and customer share the gross revenues or operating profit for the location and contracts where 
transaction prices include performance incentives that are constrained at contract inception. These performance incentives are 
based on measures that are ascertained exclusively by future performance and therefore cannot be estimated at contract inception 
by the Company. The Company applies the practical expedient that permits exclusion of information about the remaining performance 
obligations that have original expected durations of one year or less. 

The Company expects to recognize remaining performance obligations as revenue in future periods as follows:

(millions)

2020

2021

2022

2023

2024

2025 and thereafter

Total

Contract balances 

Remaining
Performance
Obligations

62.8

39.5

21.5

14.2

8.0

6.9

152.9

$

$

The timing of revenue recognition, billings and cash collections results in accounts receivable, contract assets and contract liabilities. 
Accounts receivable represent amounts where the Company has an unconditional right to the consideration and therefore only the 
passage of time is required for the Company to receive consideration due from the customer. Both lease type and management 
type contracts have customers and clients where amounts are billed as work progresses or in advance in accordance with agreed-
upon contractual terms. Billing may occur subsequent to or prior to revenue recognition, resulting in contract assets and contract 
liabilities. The Company, on occasion, receives advances or deposits from customers and clients, on both lease and management 
type contracts, before revenue is recognized, resulting in the recognition of contract liabilities.

Contract assets and liabilities are reported on a contract-by-contract basis and are included in Notes and accounts receivable, net 
and Accrued expenses, respectively, on the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2019 and 2018. Impairment charges 
related  to  accounts  receivable  for  the  years  ended  December 31,  2019,  2018  and  2017,  were  not  significant.  There  were  no 
impairment charges recorded on contract assets and liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017. Information 
about contract assets and contract liabilities with customers and clients as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 is presented below:

(millions)
Accounts receivable
Contract asset
Contract liability

$

2019

2018

151.3 $
11.0
19.4

139.3
11.4
19.1

Changes in contract assets include recognition of additional consideration due from the customer or client once the Company 
obtains an unconditional right to the consideration offset by reclassifications of contract asset balances to accounts receivable when 
the Company obtains an unconditional right to consideration, thereby establishing an accounts receivable. Information about changes 
to contract asset balances for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 are presented below:

(millions)
Balance as of January 1
Additional contract assets
Reclassification to accounts receivable
Balance as of December 31

2019

2018

$

$

11.4 $
11.0
(11.4)
11.0 $

12.2
11.4
(12.2)
11.4

64

Changes in contract liability primarily include additional contract liabilities and liquidation of contract liabilities when revenue is 
recognized. The entire contract liability balance as of January 1, 2019 was recognized as revenue during the year ended December 
31, 2019 and the Company expects the balance as of December 31, 2019 to be recognized as revenue over the next twelve months. 
Information about changes to contract liability balances for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 are presented below:

(millions)
Balance as of January 1
Additional contract liabilities
Recognition of revenue from contract liabilities
Balance as of December 31

Cost of contracts, net  

2019

2018

$

$

(19.1) $
(19.4)
19.1
(19.4) $

(20.5)
(19.1)
20.5
(19.1)

Cost of contracts, net represents the cost of obtaining contractual rights associated with providing services for lease or management 
type contracts. Incremental costs incurred to obtain parking contracts are amortized on a straight line basis over the estimated life 
of the contracts, including anticipated renewals and terminations. This is consistent with the timing of when the Company satisfies 
the related performance obligations. Estimated lives are based on the contract life or anticipated lives of the contract. 

See Note 9. Cost of Contracts, net for amortization expense related to cost of contracts. Amortization expense of cost of contracts 
related  to  service  concession  arrangements  within  the  scope  of Topic  853  is  recorded  as  a  reduction  of  revenue  and  was  not 
significant for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, cost of contracts net of accumulated amortization included on the Consolidated Balance Sheets 
was $4.3 million and $9.2 million, respectively. No impairment charges were recorded for the year ended December 31, 2019, 2018
and 2017, respectively. 

6. Net Income per Common Share

Basic net income per common share is computed by dividing Net income attributable to SP Plus Corporation by the weighted 
average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted net income per common share is based upon 
the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding at period end, consisting of incremental shares assumed to 
be issued upon exercise of stock options and the incremental shares assumed to be issued under performance share and restricted 
stock unit arrangements, using the treasury-stock method. 

A reconciliation of the basic weighted average common shares outstanding to diluted weighted average common shares outstanding 
is as follows:

(millions, except share and per share data)
Net income attributable to SP Plus Corporation
Basic weighted average common shares outstanding
Dilutive impact of share-based awards
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding
Net income per common share

Basic
Diluted

Year Ended December 31,
2018

2019

$

48.8
22,080,025
128,007
22,208,032

$

53.2
22,394,542
212,681
22,607,223

2017

41.2
22,195,350
312,938
22,508,288

2.21
2.20

$
$

2.38
2.35

$
$

1.86
1.83

$

$
$

For all years presented above, unvested performance share units were excluded from the computation of weighted average diluted 
common share outstanding because the number of shares ultimately issuable is contingent on the Company's performance goals, 
which were not achieved as of the reporting date.

There are no additional securities that could dilute basic earnings per share in the future that were not included in the computation 
of diluted earnings per share, other than those disclosed.

7. Stock-Based Compensation

The Company measures stock-based compensation expense at the grant date, based on the estimated fair value of the award, 
and the expense is recognized over the requisite employee service period or performance period (generally the vesting period) for 
awards expected to vest. The Company accounts for forfeitures of stock-based awards as they occur.

The Company has an amended and restated long-term incentive plan (the "Plan") that was adopted in conjunction with its initial 
public offering in 2004. On March 7, 2018, the Board approved an amendment and restatement of the Plan that increased the 
number of shares of common stock available under the Plan from 2,975,000 to 3,775,000. Company stockholders approved the 

65

 
 
 
 
Plan amendment and restatement on May 8, 2018. Forfeited and expired options under the Plan become generally available for 
reissuance.  At December 31, 2019, 746,816 shares remained available for award under the Plan.

Stock Grants

The following is a summary of Company authorized vested stock grants to certain directors for the year ended December 31, 2019, 
2018 and 2017.  Stock-based compensation expense related to vested stock grants are included in General and administrative 
expenses within the Consolidated Statements of Income. 

(millions, except stock grants)
Vested stock grants
Stock-based compensation expense

Restricted Stock Units

Year Ended December 31,
2018

2017

2019

14,076
0.5

$

12,736
0.5

$

16,428
0.5

$

During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company authorized certain one-time grants of 37,235 restricted stock units to 
certain  executives  that  vest  three  years  from  date  of  issuance.  The  restricted  stock  unit  agreements  are  designed  to  reward 
performance over a three-year period. 

During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company authorized certain one-time grants of 48,663 and 8,426 restricted stock 
units to certain executives that vest three years and five years from date of issuance, respectively. The restricted stock unit agreements 
are designed to reward performance over three or five-year periods. 

No grants of restricted stock units were authorized during the year ended December 31, 2017.

The fair value of restricted stock units is determined using the market value of the Company's common stock on the date of the 
grant, and compensation expense is recognized over the vesting period.

A summary of the status of the restricted stock units as of December 31, 2019, and changes during the years ended December 31, 
2019, 2018 and 2017, are presented below:

Nonvested as of December 31, 2016
Issued
Vested
Forfeited
Nonvested as of December 31, 2017
Issued
Vested
Forfeited
Nonvested as of December 31, 2018
Issued
Vested
Forfeited
Nonvested as of December 31, 2019

Shares

Weighted
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value

334,197
22,000
(26,399)
(4,537)
325,261
57,089
(173,240)
(6,456)
202,654
37,235
(78,469)
(7,978)
153,442

$

$

$

$

19.45
18.25
18.98
21.92
19.37
35.28
19.67
21.57
23.53
33.61
19.41
35.35
27.46

The table below shows the Company's stock-based compensation expense related to the restricted stock units for the years ended 
December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, and is included in General and administrative expenses within the Consolidated Statements 
of Income. 

(millions)
Stock-based compensation expense

Year Ended December 31,
2018

2017

2019

$

1.1

$

0.9

$

0.9

66

 
Unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to the restricted stock units and the respective weighted average periods 
in which the expense will be recognized for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, is shown in the table below.

(millions)
Unrecognized stock-based compensation
Weighted average (years)

Performance Share Units

Year Ended December 31,
2018

2017

2019

$

1.7
1.8 years

$

1.8
2.3 years

$

0.9
2.1 years

In September 2014, the Board of Directors authorized a performance-based incentive program under the Plan ("Performance-
Based Incentive Program"), whereby the Company issues performance share units to certain executive management individuals 
that  represent  shares  potentially  issuable  in  the  future.    The  objective  of  the  performance-based  incentive  program  is  to  link 
compensation to business performance, encourage ownership of Company stock, retain executive talent, and reward executive 
performance. The Performance-Based Incentive Program provides participating executives with the opportunity to earn vested 
common stock if certain performance targets for pre-tax free cash flow are achieved over the cumulative three-year period and 
recipients  satisfy  service-based  vesting  requirements.  The  stock-based  compensation  expense  associated  with  unvested 
performance-based incentives is recognized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the vesting period or minimum service period 
and dependent upon the probable outcome of the number of shares that will ultimately be issued based on the achievement of pre-
tax free cash flow over the cumulative three-year period.  

In March 2019, the Board of Directors authorized a performance-based incentive program under the Company's Long-Term Incentive 
Plan ("2019 Performance-Based Incentive Program").  The 2019 Performance-Based Incentive Program is similar to the 2017 and 
2018 Performance-Based Incentive Program, with the exception of the number of shares ultimately to be issued is based on the 
achievement of free cash flow before cash tax and interest payments over the cumulative three-year period of 2019 through 2021.

During 2019, certain participating executives became vested in 3,631 Performance-Based Incentive Program shares based on 
retirement eligibility. Stock-based compensation related to these shares was not significant and has been recognized in General 
and administrative expenses.  Additionally, participating executives became vested in the Performance-Based Incentive Program 
shares based on meeting eligibility for vesting at the end of the three-year performance period of 2017 through 2019.  As a result, 
40,214 shares were vested to these participating executives as of December 31, 2019.  

In March 2018, the Board of Directors authorized a performance-based incentive program under the Company's Long-Term Incentive 
Plan ("2018 Performance-Based Incentive Program").  The 2018 Performance-Based Incentive Program is similar to the 2016 and 
2017 Performance-Based Incentive Program, with the exception of the number of shares ultimately to be issued is based on the 
achievement of free cash flow before cash tax and interest payments over the cumulative three-year period of 2018 through 2020.

During 2018, certain participating executives became vested in Performance-Based Incentive Program shares based on retirement 
eligibility  and  as  a  result  $0.2  million  of  stock-based  compensation  related  to  15,497  shares  were  recognized  in  General  and 
administrative expenses, and which continue to be subject to achieving cumulative pre-tax free cash flow over the respective three-
year periods.  Additionally, participating executives became vested in the Performance-Based Incentive Program shares based on 
meeting eligibility for vesting at the end of the three-year performance period of 2016 through 2018.  As a result, 51,160 shares 
were vested to these participating executives as of December 31, 2018.  

In March 2017, the Board of Directors authorized another performance-based incentive program under the Company's Long-Term 
Incentive Plan ("2017 Performance-Based Incentive Program").  The 2017 Performance-Based Incentive Program is similar to the 
2016 Performance-Based Incentive Program, with the exception of the number of shares ultimately to be issued is based on the 
achievement of free cash flow before cash tax payments over the cumulative three-year period of 2017 through 2019.

During 2017, certain participating executives became vested in Performance-Based Incentive Program shares based on retirement 
eligibility  and  as  a  result  $0.2  million  of  stock-based  compensation  related  to  7,529  shares  were  recognized  in  General  and 
administrative expenses, and which continue to be subject to achieving cumulative pre-tax free cash flow over the respective three-
year periods.  Additionally, participating executives became vested in the Performance-Based Incentive Program shares based on 
meeting eligibility for vesting at the end of the three-year performance period of 2015 through 2017.  As a result, 54,390 shares 
were vested to these participating executives as of December 31, 2017.   

67

A summary of the status of the performance share units as of December 31, 2019, and changes during the years ended December 31, 
2019, 2018 and 2017 are presented below:

Nonvested as of December 31, 2016
Issued (1)
Vested
Forfeited
Nonvested as of December 31, 2017
Issued (2)
Vested
Forfeited
Nonvested as of December 31, 2018
Issued (3)
Vested
Forfeited
Nonvested as of December 31, 2019

Shares

Weighted
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value

159,477
29,494
(61,919)
(11,770)
115,282
55,640
(66,657)
(10,572)
93,693
173,594
(43,845)
(11,819)
211,623

$

$

22.99
29.51
22.63
25.86
28.01
36.49
25.42
29.70
35.92
33.80
33.15
35.13
34.62

(1) Includes a reduction of 59,091 shares of performance adjustments made at a weighted average grant-date fair value of $26.07.

(2) Includes a reduction of 45,075 shares of performance adjustments made at a weighted average grant-date fair value of $35.86.

(3) Includes an increase of 48,632 shares of performance adjustments made at a weighted average grant-date fair value of $36.05. 

The table below shows the Company's stock-based compensation expense related to the Performance-Based Incentive Program 
for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, which is included in General and administrative expenses within the 
Consolidated Statements of Income. 

(millions)
Stock-based compensation expense

Year Ended December 31,
2018

2017

2019

$

3.3

$

1.4

$

1.3

Future compensation expense for currently outstanding awards under the Performance-Based Incentive Program could reach a 
maximum of $11.3 million. Stock-based compensation for the Performance-Based Incentive Program is expected to be recognized 
over a weighted average period of 1.8 years. 

8. Leasehold Improvements, Equipment and Construction in Progress, net

Leasehold improvements, equipment, and construction in progress and related accumulated depreciation and amortization is as 
follows:

(millions)
Equipment
Software
Vehicles
Other

Leasehold improvements
Construction in progress

Accumulated depreciation and amortization
Leasehold improvements, equipment and
construction in progress, net

Ranges of Estimated Useful Life
1 - 10 Years
2 - 5 Years
1 - 10 Years
3 Years
Shorter of lease term or economic life
up to 10 years

$

December 31

2019

2018

$

45.2
39.7
30.0
0.6

18.8
6.3
140.6
(92.7)

$

47.9

$

41.5
34.7
23.6
0.6

17.7
4.4
122.5
(82.2)

40.3

Asset additions are recorded at cost, which includes interest on significant projects. Depreciation is provided in amounts sufficient 
to relate the cost of depreciable assets to operations over their estimated useful lives or over the terms of the respective leases, 

68

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
whichever is shorter, and depreciated on the straight-line basis. Plant and equipment are reviewed for impairment when conditions 
indicate an impairment or future impairment; the assets are either written down or the useful life is adjusted to the remaining period 
of estimated useful life.

The table below shows the Company's depreciation and amortization expense related to Leasehold improvements, equipment and 
construction in progress for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, and is included in Depreciation and amortization 
expense within the Consolidated Statements of Income.

(millions)
Depreciation expense

9. Cost of Contracts, net

Cost of contracts, net, is comprised of the following:

(millions)
Cost of contracts
Accumulated amortization
Cost of contracts, net

The expected future amortization of cost of contracts is as follows:

(millions)
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025 and Thereafter
Total

Year Ended December 31,
2018

2017

2019

$

12.8

$

9.6

$

11.3

December 31,

2019

2018

$

$

26.0
(21.7)
4.3

$

$

33.8
(24.6)
9.2

Cost of
Contract

1.2
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.5
4.3

$

$

The table below shows the Company's amortization expense related to costs of contracts for the years ended December 31, 2019, 
2018 and 2017, and is primarily included in Depreciation and amortization within the Consolidated Statements of Income.

(millions)
Amortization expense
Weighted average life (years)

Year Ended December 31,
2018

2017

2019

$

$

1.9
10.0

$

3.0
9.4

3.2
9.8

Effective January 1, 2019, cost of contracts associated with leases within the scope of ASU No. 2016-02 Leases (Topic 842) are 
included in the right-of-use assets balance. See Note 1. Significant Accounting Policies and Practices for the Cost of contract, net 
balance reclassified to right-of-use assets upon adoption of Topic 842. Additionally, see Note. 2 Leases for further discussion.

69

 
10. Other Intangible Assets, net

The following presents a summary of other intangible assets:

(millions)

Weighted
Average
Life
(Years)

Acquired
Intangible
Assets,
Gross

Accumulated
Amortization

Acquired
Intangible
Assets,
Net

Acquired
Intangible
Assets,
Gross

Accumulated
Amortization

Acquired
Intangible
Assets,
Net

December 31,

2019

2018

Covenant not to compete

2.9

$

2.9

$

(0.3) $

2.6

$

1.6

$

— $

3.9

4.7

9.0

13.9

5.6

10.4

81.0

100.4

(1.2)

(2.0)

(37.4)

(7.2)

4.4

8.4

43.6

93.2

6.3

11.0

81.0

100.4

(0.7)

(0.8)

(32.2)

(0.6)

1.6

5.6

10.2

48.8

99.8

Trade names and
trademarks

Proprietary know how

Management contract
rights

Customer relationships

Acquired intangible
assets, net (1)

11.5

$

200.3

$

(48.1) $

152.2

$

200.3

$

(34.3) $

166.0

(1)  Intangible assets have estimated remaining lives between 2 and 14 years.

The table below shows the amortization expense related to intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 
2017, and is included in Depreciation and amortization within the Consolidated Statements of Income. 

(millions)
Amortization expense

Year Ended December 31,
2018

2017

2019

$

15.1

$

6.1

$

7.2

The expected future amortization of intangible assets as of December 31, 2019 is as follows:

(millions)
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025 and thereafter
Total

11. Goodwill

The amounts for goodwill and changes to carrying value by reportable segment are as follows:

(millions)
Balance as of December 31, 2017
Goodwill acquired
Foreign currency translation
Balance as of December 31, 2018
Purchase price adjustments
Foreign currency translation
Balance as of December 31, 2019

Commercial
369.0
$
—
(0.3)
368.7
—
0.2
368.9

$

$

Intangible asset
amortization

15.7
15.7
15.1
14.9
13.1
77.7
152.2

$

$

Aviation

Total

$

$

$

62.7
154.1
—
216.8
0.3
—
217.1

$

$

$

431.7
154.1
(0.3)
585.5
0.3
0.2
586.0

The Company tests goodwill at least annually for impairment (the Company has elected to annually test for potential impairment 
of goodwill on the first day of the fourth quarter) and tests more frequently if indicators are present or changes in circumstances 
suggest that impairment may exist.  The indicators include, among others, declines in sales, earning or cash flows or the development 
of a material adverse change in business climate.  The Company assesses goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level, which 
is defined as an operating segment or one level below an operating segment, referred to as a reporting unit. The reporting units 

70

 
are also its reportable segments of Commercial and Aviation.  See Note 1. Significant Accounting Policies and Practices for additional 
detail on the Company's policy for assessing goodwill for impairment.

The  Company  completed  a  quantitative  test  (Step  One)  of  goodwill  impairment  as  of  October  1,  2019  and  concluded  that  the 
estimated fair values of each of the Company’s reporting units exceeded its carrying amount of net assets assigned to each reporting 
unit and therefore no further testing was required (Step Two). In conducting the October 1, 2019 goodwill impairment quantitative 
test (Step One), the Company analyzed actual and projected growth trends of the reporting units, gross margin, operating expenses 
and Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization (“EBITDA”) (which also includes forecasted five-year income 
statement and working capital projection, a market-based weighted average cost of capital and terminal values after five years). 
The Company also assesses critical areas that may impact its business including economic conditions, market related exposures, 
competition, changes in service offerings and changes in key personnel. As part of the October 1, 2019 goodwill assessment, the 
Company engaged a third-party to evaluate its reporting units’ fair values. No impairment was identified as a result of the goodwill 
impairment test performed for such period. 

12. Fair Value Measurement

Fair Value Measurements-Recurring Basis

In determining fair value, the Company uses various valuation approaches within the fair value measurement framework. Fair value 
measurements are determined based on the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.  Applicable 
accounting literature establishes a hierarchy for inputs used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable inputs 
and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that the most observable inputs be used when available. The fair value 
hierarchy is based on observable or unobservable inputs to valuation techniques that are used to measure fair value. Observable 
inputs  reflect  assumptions  market  participants  would  use  in  pricing  an  asset  or  liability  based  on  market  data  obtained  from 
independent sources while unobservable inputs reflect a reporting entity's pricing based upon its own market assumptions. Applicable 
accounting literature defines levels within the hierarchy based on the reliability of inputs as follows:

• 

• 

• 

Level 1: Inputs are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2: Inputs are quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in an active market, quoted prices for identical or similar 
assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, and inputs other than quoted prices that are observable and market-
corroborated inputs, which are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3: Inputs that are derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or value drivers are 
unobservable.

The following table sets forth the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis and the 
basis of measurement at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018:

(millions)

Assets

Fair Value Measurement

December 31, 2019

December 31, 2018

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Cash and cash equivalents

$

24.1 $

— $

— $

39.9 $

— $

Liabilities

Accrued expenses

Interest rate collars

Total

Interest Rate Collars

—

$

24.1 $

(0.6)

(0.6) $

—

—

— $

39.9 $

—

— $

—

—

—

The Company seeks to minimize risks from interest rate fluctuations through the use of interest rate collar contracts and hedge 
only exposures in the ordinary course of business. Interest rate collars are used to manage interest rate risk associated with the 
Company's floating rate debt. Effective May 2019, the Company entered into three zero cost interest rate collar contracts with an 
aggregate notional amount of $222.3 million with maturity dates of April 2022. The notional amount amortizes consistent with the 
term loan portion of the Senior Credit Facility. See Note 13. Borrowing Arrangements for additional disclosure on interest rate collar 
contract transactions. The Company accounts for its derivative instruments at fair value. Derivatives held by the Company are 
designated as hedges of specific exposures at inception, with an expectation that changes in the fair value will essentially offset 
the change in the underlying exposure. Discontinuance of hedge accounting is required whenever it is subsequently determined 
that an underlying transaction is not going to occur, with any gains or losses recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Income 
at such time, with any subsequent changes in fair value recognized currently in earnings. 

71

  
The fair value of interest rate collars is a Level 2 fair value measurement, based on quoted prices of similar items in active markets. 
The effective portion of the change in fair value of the interest rate collars is reported in Accumulated other comprehensive income 
and is recognized as an adjustment to interest expense or other (expense) income, respectively, over the same period the related 
expenses are recognized in earnings. Gains and losses from cash flow hedging instruments reclassified from Accumulated other 
comprehensive income to earnings are reported as Cash provided by operating activities on the Consolidated Statements of Cash 
Flows. The Company did not enter into derivative transactions during the year ended December 31, 2018.

See Note 18. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the amount of gain (loss) recognized in Other 
Comprehensive loss on the interest rate collars. No gain (loss) was reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive loss 
during the year ended December 31, 2019. No gain (loss) was recognized in income on the interest rate collars resulting from 
hedge ineffectiveness or exclusion from the assessment of hedge effectiveness. 

The following table presents summarized information about the Company's interest rate collars:

(millions)

Collar 1

Collar 2

Collar 3

Total

Interest Rate Collars

December 31, 2019

Maturity Date

Notional Amount

LIBOR Ceiling

LIBOR Floor

Interest Rate Parameters

April 2022

April 2022

April 2022

$

$

74.1

74.1

74.1

222.3

2.5%

2.5%

2.5%

1.2%

1.3%

1.4%

Nonrecurring Fair Value Measurements

Certain assets are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis; that is, the assets are measured at fair value on an ongoing 
basis but are subject to fair value adjustments only in certain circumstances (for example, when there is evidence of impairment). 
Non-financial assets such as goodwill, intangible assets, and leasehold improvements, equipment and construction in progress are 
subsequently measured at fair value when there is an indicator of impairment and recorded at fair value only when impairment is 
recognized. The Company assesses the impairment of intangible assets annually or whenever events or changes in circumstances 
indicate that the carrying amount of an intangible asset may not be recoverable. The fair value of its goodwill and intangible assets 
is not estimated if there is no change in events or circumstances that indicate the carrying amount of an intangible asset may not 
be recoverable. The purchase price of business acquisitions is primarily allocated to the tangible and identifiable intangible assets 
acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values on the acquisition dates, with the excess recorded as goodwill. 
The  Company  utilizes  Level 3  inputs  in  the  determination  of  the  initial  fair  value  using  certain  assumptions,  which  are  further 
discussed in Note 3. Acquisition. There were no impairment charges for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017.

Financial Instruments Not Measured at Fair Value

The fair value of the Restated Credit Facility and Other obligations approximates the carrying amount due to variable interest rates 
and would be classified as a Level 2. See Note 13. Borrowing Arrangements, for further information. 

13. Borrowing Arrangements

Long-term borrowings, in order of preference, consisted of the following:

Amount Outstanding
December 31,

(millions)

Maturity Date

2019

2018

Senior Credit Facility, net of original discount on borrowings and
deferred financing costs
Other borrowings

Total obligations under Senior Credit Facility and other
borrowings

Less: Current portion of obligations under Senior Credit Facility
and other borrowings

Total long-term obligations under Senior Credit Facility and
other borrowings

November 30, 2023
Various

$

$

345.9
23.1

369.0

17.9

371.2
15.5

386.7

13.2

$

351.1

$

373.5

72

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Aggregate minimum principal maturities of long-term borrowings for the fiscal years following December 31, 2019, are as 
follows:

(millions)
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
Thereafter
Total debt
Less: Current portion, including debt discount
Less: Original discount on borrowings
Less: Deferred financing costs
Total long-term portion, obligations under credit facility and other borrowings

Senior Credit Facility

$

$

18.7
15.5
14.2
317.2
1.1
5.1
371.8
17.9
1.2
1.6
351.1

On November 30, 2018 (the "Closing Date") and in connection with the Acquisition, the Company entered into a credit agreement 
(the “Credit Agreement”) with Bank of America, N.A. (“Bank of America”), as Administrative Agent, swing-line lender and a letter of 
credit issuer; Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as syndication agent; BMO Harris Bank N.A., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., KeyBank National 
Association and U.S. Bank National Association, as co-documentation agents; Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated 
and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners; and the lenders party thereto (the “Lenders”). 
Pursuant to the terms, and subject to the conditions, of the Credit Agreement, the Lenders made available to the Company a new 
senior  secured  credit  facility  (the  “Senior  Credit  Facility”)  that  permits  aggregate  borrowings  of  $550  million  consisting  of  (i)  a 
revolving credit facility of up to $325 million at any time outstanding, which includes a letter of credit facility that is limited to $100 
million at any time outstanding, and (ii) a term loan facility of $225 million. The Senior Credit Facility matures on November 30, 
2023.

The entire amount of the term loan portion of the Senior Credit Facility was drawn by the Company on the Closing Date and is 
subject to scheduled quarterly amortization of principal in installments equal to 1.25% of the initial aggregate principal amount of 
such term loan. The Company also borrowed $174.8 million under the revolving credit facility on the Closing Date. The proceeds 
from these borrowings were used by the Company to pay the purchase price for the Acquisition (See Note 3. Acquisition), to pay 
other costs and expenses related to the Acquisition and the related financing and to repay in full the obligations under the previous 
credit facility. In addition, proceeds from the Senior Credit Facility may be used to finance working capital, capital expenditures and 
other acquisitions, payments and general corporate purposes.

Borrowings under the Senior Credit Facility bear interest, at the Company’s option, (i) at a rate per annum based on the Company’s 
consolidated total debt to EBITDA ratio for the 12-month period ending as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter, 
determined in accordance with the applicable pricing levels set forth in the Credit Agreement (the “Applicable Margin”) for London 
Interbank Offered Rate (or a comparable or successor rate approved by Bank of America) (“LIBOR”) loans, plus the applicable 
LIBOR rate or (ii) the Applicable Margin for base rate loans plus the highest of (x) the federal funds rate plus 0.5%, (y) the Bank of 
America prime rate and (z) a daily rate equal to the applicable LIBOR rate plus 1.0%.

Under the terms of the Credit Agreement, the Company is required to maintain a maximum consolidated total debt to EBITDA ratio 
of not greater than 4.00:1.0 with certain step-downs described in the Credit Agreement. In addition, the Company is required to 
maintain a minimum consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio of not less than 3.50:1.0 (with certain step-ups described in the Credit 
Agreement).

Events of default under the Credit Agreement include failure to pay principal or interest when due, failure to comply with the financial 
and operational covenants, the occurrence of any cross default event, non-compliance with other loan documents, the occurrence 
of a change of control event, and bankruptcy and other insolvency events. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, the 
Administrative Agent can, with the consent of the required Lenders, among others (i) terminate the commitments under the Credit 
Agreement, (ii) accelerate and require the Company to repay all the outstanding amounts owed under the Credit Agreement, and 
(iii) require the Company to cash collateralize any outstanding letters of credit. 

Each  wholly  owned  domestic  subsidiary  of  the  Company  (subject  to  certain  exceptions  set  forth  in  the  Credit Agreement)  has 
guaranteed all existing and future indebtedness and liabilities of the other guarantors and the Company arising under the Credit 
Agreement. The  Company’s  obligations  under  the  Credit Agreement  and  such  domestic  subsidiaries’  guaranty  obligations  are 
secured by substantially all of their respective assets. 

The Company was in compliance with its debt covenants as of December 31, 2019.

73

At December 31, 2019, the Company had $50.2 million of letters of credit outstanding under the Senior Credit Facility, and borrowings 
against the Senior Credit Facility aggregated to $369.0 million.

The weighted average interest rate on the Company's Senior Credit Facility and Former Restated Credit Facility was 3.4% and 
4.0% for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The rate includes all outstanding LIBOR contracts and letters 
of  credit.  The  weighted  average  interest  rate  on  outstanding  borrowings,  not  including  letters  of  credit,  was  3.6%  and  4.3%, 
respectively, at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018.

In connection with and effective upon the execution and delivery of the Credit Agreement on November 30, 2018, the Company 
recognized losses on extinguishment of debt relating to debt discount and debt issuance costs on the former credit facility.  These 
losses were not significant. 

Interest Rate Collars

In May 2019, the Company entered into three-year interest rate collar contracts with an aggregate $222.3 million notional amount. 
Interest  rate  collars  are  used  to  manage  interest  rate  risk  associated  with  variable  interest  rate  borrowings  under  the  Credit 
Agreement. The collars establish a range where the Company will pay the counterparties if the one-month U.S. dollar LIBOR rate 
falls below the established floor rate, and the counterparties will pay the Company if the one-month U.S. dollar LIBOR rate exceeds 
the established ceiling rate of 2.5%. The collars settle monthly through the termination date of April 2022. No payments or receipts 
are exchanged on the interest rate collar contracts unless interest rates rise above or fall below the pre-determined ceiling or floor 
rates. The notional amount amortizes consistent with the term loan portion of the Senior Credit Facility. These interest rate collars 
are classified as cash flow hedges, and the Company calculates the effectiveness of the hedge on a monthly basis. See Note 12. 
Fair Value Measurement for additional disclosure on interest rate collar contract transactions. As of December 31, 2018, the Company 
had no ongoing derivative transactions.

Subordinated Convertible Debentures

The Company acquired Subordinated Convertible Debentures ("Convertible Debentures") as a result of the acquisition of Central. 
The subordinated debenture holders have the right to redeem the Convertible Debentures for $19.18 per share upon their stated 
maturity (April 1, 2028) or upon acceleration or earlier repayment of the Convertible Debentures. There were no redemptions of 
Convertible Debentures during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The approximate redemption value of 
the Convertible Debentures outstanding at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 was $1.1 million for both years.

14. Stock Repurchase Program

In May 2016, the Board of Directors authorized the Company to repurchase in the open market shares of the Company's outstanding 
common stock in an amount not to exceed $30.0 million. Under this program, the entire authorized amount was applied to repurchase 
988,767 shares of common stock at an average price of $30.30 resulting in completion of the program in August 2019. No repurchases 
were made during the year ended December 31, 2018.

In  July  2019,  the  Board  of  Directors  authorized  a  new  program  to  repurchase,  on  the  open  market,  shares  of  the  Company's 
outstanding common stock in an amount not to exceed $50.0 million in aggregate.  Under this program the Company repurchased 
652,000 shares of common stock through December 31, 2019, at an average price of $38.88, resulting in $25.3 million in program-
to-date repurchases. 

As of December 31, 2019, $24.7 million remained available for repurchase under the July 2019 stock repurchase program. Under 
the program, repurchases of the Company's common stock may be made in open market transactions effected through a broker-
dealer at prevailing market prices, in block trades, or by other means in accordance with Rules 10b-18, to the extent relied upon, 
and 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act at time and prices considered to be appropriate at our discretion. The stock repurchase program 
does not obligate the Company to repurchase any particular amount of common stock and has no fixed termination date, and may 
be suspended at any time at the Company's discretion.

The table below summarizes stock repurchase activity under the May 2016 and the July 2019 repurchase programs during the 
year ended December 31, 2019:

(millions, except for share and per share data)
Total number of stock repurchased
Average price paid per share
Total value of stock repurchased

December 31,
2019

1,335,584
35.83
47.9

$
$

74

The following table summarizes the remaining authorized repurchase amounts in the aggregate under the May 2016 and the 
July 2019 repurchase programs as of December 31, 2019:

(millions)
Total authorized repurchase amount
Total value of stock repurchased
Total remaining authorized repurchase amount

15. Income Taxes

Earnings before income taxes includes the following components:

(millions)
United States
Foreign
Total

The components of income tax expense are as follows:

(millions)
Current provision
U.S. federal
Foreign
State
Total current

Deferred provision

U.S. federal
Foreign
State
Total deferred

Income tax expense

December 31,
2019

$

$

80.0
55.3
24.7

Year Ended December 31,
2018

2017

2019

69.7
1.4
71.1

$

$

74.9
1.1
76.0

$

$

70.0
2.2
72.2

Year Ended December 31,
2018

2017

2019

9.6
0.9
4.7
15.2

2.9
(0.1)
1.4
4.2
19.4

$

$

9.9
1.0
7.4
18.3

1.3
(0.3)
0.3
1.3
19.6

$

$

21.5
1.0
3.3
25.8

2.6
0.6
(1.3)
1.9
27.7

$

$

$

$

Deferred income taxes reflect the net effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for 
U.S. GAAP purposes and the amount used for income tax purposes.

75

 
 
 
 
 
 
Components of the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

(millions)
Deferred tax assets

Net operating loss carry forwards and tax credits
Lease liability
Accrued expenses
Accrued compensation
Unfavorable acquired lease contracts
Other
Total gross deferred tax assets

Valuation allowances
Total deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities
Prepaid expenses
Right of use asset
Undistributed foreign earnings
Depreciation and amortization
Goodwill amortization
Favorable acquired lease contracts
Equity investments in unconsolidated entities

Total deferred tax liabilities
Net deferred tax asset

December 31,

2019

2018

$

$

20.8
119.5
15.0
9.2
—
1.4
165.9
(8.3)
157.6

(0.1)
(114.9)
—
(0.7)
(26.2)
—
(5.1)
(147.0)
10.6

$

$

21.6
—
17.4
7.1
6.4
0.9
53.4
(8.1)
45.3

(0.1)
—
(0.1)
1.3
(22.3)
(4.6)
(4.9)
(30.7)
14.6

The accounting guidance for accounting for income taxes requires that the Company assess the realizability of deferred tax assets 
at  each  reporting  period.  These  assessments  generally  consider  several  factors  including  the  reversal  of  existing  temporary 
differences, projected future taxable income, and potential tax planning strategies. The Company has valuation allowances totaling 
$8.3  million  and  $8.1  million  at  December 31,  2019  and  2018,  respectively,  primarily  related  to  our  state  Net  Operating  Loss 
carryforwards ("NOLs"), foreign tax credits and state tax credits that the Company believes are not likely to be realized based on 
upon its estimates of future state taxable income, limitations on the uses of its state NOLs, and the carryforward life over which the 
state tax benefit is realized. 

As of December 31, 2019, the Company recognized approximately $5.2 million of Canadian foreign and $6.4 million of Puerto Rico 
foreign earnings as permanently reinvested to meet working capital requirements in each jurisdiction. The amount of tax that may 
be payable on the future distribution of such earnings is approximately $0.3 million and $0.6 million of Canadian and Puerto Rico 
withholding taxes, respectively. No U.S. taxes will be incurred on future distributions of foreign earnings due to the participation 
exemption under the 2017 Tax Act.

Due to the adoption of ASU 2016-09 in 2017, the Company recognized excess tax benefits of $0.5 million and $1.0 million as income 
tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, and as a result of the required adoption of ASU 2016-09, 
the Company's effective tax rate may have increased volatility.

The Company has $18.2 million of tax effected state NOLs as of December 31, 2019, which will expire in the years 2020 through 
2039. As noted above, the utilization of NOLs of the Company are limited due to the ownership change in June 2004 and due to 
the Central Merger. 

The Company adopted Topic 842 as of January 1, 2019.  The Company has recorded deferred taxes to include the associated 
deferred tax assets and liabilities for the corresponding right of use asset and lease liability accounts. The adjustments represent 
a change in the deferred tax categories only and the net deferred tax asset as of January 1, 2019 remained $14.6 million.

76

 
 
 
 
A reconciliation of the Company's reported income tax provision to the amount computed by multiplying earnings before income 
taxes by statutory United States federal income tax rate is as follows:

(millions)
Tax at statutory rate
Permanent differences
State taxes, net of federal benefit
Effect of foreign tax rates
Effect of 2017 Tax Act
Noncontrolling interest
Current year adjustment to deferred taxes
Recognition of tax credits
Other

Change in valuation allowance (1)
Income tax expense
Effective tax rate

Year Ended December 31,
2018

2017

2019

$

$

14.9
0.8
4.5
0.6
—
(0.6)
0.8
(1.8)
—
19.2
0.2
19.4
27.3%

$

$

16.0
0.2
6.3
0.6
(1.5)
(0.7)
0.4
(2.7)
—
18.6
1.0
19.6
25.8%

25.3
0.3
2.5
—
(1.0)
(1.1)
1.6
(1.5)
1.1
27.2
0.5
27.7
38.4%

$

$

(1) The year ended December 31, 2017 includes $1.2 million of additional income tax expense related to an increase in the valuation allowance as a result of the 2017 
Tax Act.

Taxes paid were $15.3 million, $15.3 million, and $26.5 million in the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 

The Company finalized its accounting for the income tax effects of the 2017 Tax Act during the year ended December 31, 2018 and 
recorded a tax benefit of $1.5 million for the transition tax on the mandatory deemed repatriation of foreign earnings. The tax benefit 
is the result of the Company finalizing its analysis of foreign earnings and profits and eligible foreign tax credits to be claimed to 
offset the tax liability. 

The 2017 Tax Act also included a provision designed to tax Global Intangible Low Taxed Income (“GILTI”). The Company has elected 
the period cost method to account for any tax liability subject to GILTI. The GILTI amount recognized during the year ended December 
31, 2019 was not significant.

As of December 31, 2019 the Company had not identified any uncertain tax positions that would have a material impact on the 
Company's financial position. 

The Company would recognize potential interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions, if any, in income tax expense. The 
tax years that remain subject to examination for the Company's major tax jurisdictions as of December 31, 2019 are shown below:

2016 - 2019
2007 - 2019
2015 - 2019

16. Benefit Plans

Deferred Compensation Arrangements

United States - federal income tax
United States - state and local income tax
Foreign - Canada and Puerto Rico

The Company offers deferred compensation arrangements for certain key executives. Subject to their continued employment by 
the Company, certain employees are offered supplemental pension arrangements in which the employees will receive a defined 
monthly benefit upon attaining age 65. At December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company has accrued $3.6 million and $3.7 million, 
respectively, representing the present value of the future benefit payments. Expenses related to these plans amounted to $0.2 
million, $0.4 million and $nil in 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

The Company also has agreements with certain former key executives that provide for aggregate annual payments for periods 
ranging from 10 years to life, beginning when the executive retires or upon death or disability. Under certain conditions, the amount 
of deferred benefits can be reduced. Compensation cost for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $0.3 million, $0.2 million and 
$0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The Company has recorded a liability of $2.3
million and $2.4 million associated with these agreements as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Life insurance contracts with a face value of approximately $5.4 million and $6.2 million as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 have 
been purchased to fund, as necessary, the benefits under the Company's deferred compensation agreements. The cash surrender 
value of the life insurance contracts was approximately $3.8 million and $3.6 million as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, 

77

and classified as non-current assets and included in Other assets, net within the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The plan is a non-
qualified plan and is not subject to ERISA funding requirements.

Defined Contribution Plans

The Company sponsors savings and retirement plans whereby the participants may elect to contribute a portion of their compensation 
to the plans. The plan is a qualified defined contribution plan 401(k). The Company contributes an amount in cash or other property 
as a Company match equal to 50% of the first 6% of contributions as they occur. Expenses related to the Company's 401(k) match 
amounted to $2.0 million, $2.1 million, and $2.1 million in 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

The Company also offers a non-qualified deferred compensation plan to those employees whose participation in its 401(k) plan is 
limited by statute or regulation. This plan allows certain employees to defer a portion of their compensation, limited to a maximum 
of $0.1 million per year, to be paid to the participants upon separation of employment or distribution date selected by employee. To 
support the non-qualified deferred compensation plan, the Company has elected to purchase Company Owned Life Insurance 
("COLI") policies on certain plan participants. The cash surrender value of the COLI policies is designed to provide a source for 
funding the non-qualified deferred compensation liability. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the cash surrender value of the COLI 
policies  was  $17.3  million  and  $13.0  million,  respectively,  and  classified  as  non-current  assets  in  Other Assets,  net  within  the 
Consolidated Balance Sheets. The liability for the non-qualified deferred compensation plan is included in Other long-term liabilities 
on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and was $20.4 million and $15.0 million as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Multi-Employer Defined Benefit and Contribution Plans

The Company contributes to a number of multiemployer defined benefit plans under the terms of collective-bargaining agreements 
that cover its union-represented employees. The risks of participating in these multiemployer plans are different from single-employer 
plans in the following aspects:

• 

• 

• 

Assets contributed to the multiemployer plan by one employer may be used to provide benefits to employees of other 
participating employers.

If a participating employer stops contributing to the plan, the unfunded obligations of the plan may be borne by the remaining 
participating employers.

If the Company chooses to stop participating in one of its multiemployer plans, it may be required to pay the plan an amount 
based on the underfunded status of the plan, referred to as withdrawal liability.

The Company's contributions represented more than 5% of total contributions to the Teamsters Local Union No. 727 and Local 272 
Labor Management Benefit Funds for the plan year ending February 28, 2019 and November 30, 2019, respectively. The Company 
does not represent more than five percent to any other fund. The Company's participation in this plan for the annual periods ended 
December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, is outlined in the table below. The "EIN/Pension Plan Number" column provides the Employee 
Identification Number ("EIN") and the three-digit plan number, if applicable. The zone status is based on information that the Company 
received from the plan and is certified by the plan's actuary. Among other factors, plans in the red zone are generally less than 65 
percent funded, plans in the yellow zone are less than 80 percent funded, and plans in the green zone are at least 80 percent 
funded. The "FIP/RP Status Pending/Implemented" column indicates plans for which a Financial Improvement Plan ("FIP") or a 
Rehabilitation Plan ("RP") is either pending or has been implemented.

The "Expiration Date of Collective Bargaining Agreement" column lists the expiration dates of the agreements to which the plans 
are subject.

EIN/
Pension
Plan
Number

Pension Protection
Zone Status

Contributions (millions)

2019

2018

2017

FIP/FR
Pending
Implementation

2019

2018

2017

Surcharge
Imposed

Zone
Status
as of
the
Most
Recent
Annual
Report

Expiration
Date of
Collective
Bargaining
Agreement

36-61023973 Green Green Green

N/A

$ 3.1

$ 3.2

$ 3.4

No

2019

10/31/2021

13-5673836 Green Green Green

N/A

$ 1.3

$ 1.5

$ 1.6

No

2019

3/5/2021

Pension

Teamsters
Local Union
727

Local 272
Labor
Management

Net expenses for contributions not reimbursed by clients and related to multiemployer defined benefit and defined contribution 
benefit plans were $2.0 million, $2.1 million and $2.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

In the event that the Company decides to cease participating in these plans, the Company would be assessed a withdrawal liability. 
The Company currently does not have any intentions to cease participating in these multiemployer pension plans and therefore 
would not trigger the withdrawal liability.

78

17. Bradley Agreement

The Company entered into a 25-year agreement with the State of Connecticut ("State") that expires on April 6, 2025, under which 
it operates the surface parking and 3,500 garage parking spaces at Bradley International Airport ("Bradley") located in the Hartford, 
Connecticut metropolitan area.

The parking garage was financed through the issuance of State special facility revenue bonds and provides that the Company 
deposits, with the trustee for the bondholders, all gross revenues collected from operations of the surface and garage parking. From 
these  gross  revenues,  the  trustee  pays  debt  service  on  the  special  facility  revenue  bonds  outstanding,  operating  and  capital 
maintenance expense of the surface and garage parking facilities, and specific annual guaranteed minimum payments to the state. 
Principal and interest on the Bradley special facility revenue bonds increase from approximately $3.6 million in contract year 2002 
to approximately $4.5 million in contract year 2025. Annual guaranteed minimum payments to the State increase from approximately 
$8.3 million contract year 2002 to approximately $13.2 million in contract year 2024. The annual minimum guaranteed payment to 
the State by the trustee for the twelve months ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 was $12.0 million and $11.8 million, respectively. 
All of the cash flows from the parking facilities are pledged to the security of the special facility revenue bonds and are collected 
and  deposited  with  the  bond  trustee.  Each  month  the  bond  trustee  makes  certain  required  monthly  distributions,  which  are 
characterized  as  "Guaranteed  Payments." To  the  extent  the  monthly  gross  receipts  generated  by  the  parking  facilities  are  not 
sufficient for the trustee to make the required Guaranteed Payments, the Company is obligated to deliver the deficiency amount to 
the trustee, with such deficiency payments representing interest bearing advances to the trustee. The Company does not directly 
guarantee the payment of any principal or interest on any debt obligations of the State of Connecticut or the trustee.

The following is the list of Guaranteed Payments:

•  Garage and surface operating expenses,

•  Principal and interest on the special facility revenue bonds,

•  Trustee expenses,

•  Major maintenance and capital improvement deposits, and

•  State minimum guarantee.

To the extent sufficient funds exist, the trustee is then directed to reimburse the Company for deficiency payments up to the amount 
of the calculated surplus, with the Company having the right to be repaid the principal amount of any and all deficiency payments, 
together with actual interest and premium, not to exceed 10% of the initial deficiency payment. The Company calculates and records 
interest and premium income along with deficiency principal repayments as a reduction of cost of services in the period the associated 
deficiency repayment is received from the trustee. The Company believes these advances to be fully recoverable as the Bradley 
Agreement places no time restriction on the Company's right to reimbursement. 

The total deficiency payments, net of repayments received, as of December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 were as follows:

(millions)
Balance at beginning of year
Deficiency payments made
Deficiency repayment received
Balance at end of year

2019

December 31,
2018

2017

$

$

3.9
—
(3.8)
0.1

$

$

7.8
0.1
(4.0)
3.9

$

$

9.9
0.2
(2.3)
7.8

The  total  deficiency  repayments  (net  of  payments  made),  interest  and  premium  received  and  recorded  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 were as follows:

(millions)
Deficiency repayments
Interest
Premium

2019

$

Year Ended December 31
2018

2017

$

3.8
1.0
0.4

$

3.9
0.9
0.3

2.0
0.6
0.2

Deficiency payments made are recorded as an increase in Cost of services-management type contracts and deficiency repayments, 
interest and premium received are recorded as reductions to cost of services. The reimbursement of principal, interest and premium 
is recognized when received. 

There were no amounts of estimated deficiency payments accrued as of December 31, 2019 or 2018, as the Company concluded 
that the potential for future deficiency payments did not meet the criteria of both probable and estimable. 

79

 
In addition to the recovery of certain general and administrative expenses incurred, the Bradley Agreement provides for an annual 
management fee payment, which is based on operating profit tiers. The annual management fee is further apportioned 60% to the 
Company and 40% to an unaffiliated entity and the annual management fee is paid to the extent funds are available for the trustee 
to make distribution, and are paid after Guaranteed Payments (as defined in the Bradley Agreement) repayment of all deficiency 
payments, including interest and premium. Cumulative management fees of approximately $19.7 million and $18.7 million had not 
been recognized as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, and no management fees were recognized as revenue during 
2019, 2018 or 2017.

18. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) is comprised of unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedges 
and foreign currency translation adjustments. The components of changes in accumulated comprehensive income (loss), net of 
tax, were as follows:

(millions)
Balance as of December 31, 2016
Change in other comprehensive income
Balance as of December 31, 2017
Change in other comprehensive loss
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle (1)
Balance as of December 31, 2018
Change in other comprehensive income (loss)
Balance as of December 31, 2019

Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustments

Effective
Portion
of Unrealized
Loss on
Derivative

Total
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

$

$

(1.4) $
0.2
(1.2)
(0.6)
(0.6)
(2.4)
0.1
(2.3) $

— $
—
—
—
—
—
(0.4)
(0.4) $

(1.4)
0.2
(1.2)
(0.6)
(0.6)
(2.4)
(0.3)
(2.7)

(1) Refer to Note 1, Significant Accounting Policies and Practices for additional information on the Company's adoption of ASU 2018-02.

19. Legal Proceedings

The Company is subject to litigation in the normal course of its business. The outcomes of legal proceedings and claims brought 
against it and other loss contingencies are subject to significant uncertainty. The Company accrues a charge against income when 
its management determines that it is probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability has been incurred and the amount of 
loss can be reasonably estimated. In addition, the Company accrues for the authoritative judgments or assertions made against it 
by government agencies at the time of their rendering regardless of its intent to appeal. In addition, the Company is from time-to-
time party to litigation, administrative proceedings and union grievances that arise in the normal course of business, and occasionally 
pays non-material amounts to resolve claims or alleged violations of regulatory requirements. There are no such "normal course" 
matters that separately or in the aggregate, would, in the opinion of management, have a material adverse effect on its results of 
operations, financial condition or cash flows.

In determining the appropriate accounting for loss contingencies, the Company considers the likelihood of loss or impairment of an 
asset or the incurrence of a liability, as well as its ability to reasonably estimate the amount of potential loss. The Company regularly 
evaluates current information available to determine whether an accrual should be established or adjusted. Estimating the probability 
that a loss will occur and estimating the amount of a potential loss or a range of potential loss involves significant estimation and 
judgment.

80

20. Domestic and Foreign Operations

Business Unit Segment Information

Segment information is presented in accordance with a "management approach," which designates the internal reporting used by 
the chief operating decision maker ("CODM") for making decisions and assessing performance as the source of the Company's 
reportable segments. The Company's segments are organized in a manner consistent with which separate financial information is 
available and evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision-maker in deciding how to allocate resources and assessing the 
Company's overall performance.

An operating segment is defined as a component of an enterprise that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenue 
and incur expenses, and about which separate financial information is regularly evaluated by the CODM. The CODM is the Company's 
president and chief executive officer. The business is managed based on segments administered by executive vice presidents. 
Each of the operating segments is directly responsible for revenue and expenses related to their operations including direct segment 
administrative costs. Finance, information technology, human resources, and legal are shared functions that are not allocated back 
to  the  two  operating  segments. The  CODM  assesses  the  performance  of  each  operating  segment  using  information  about  its 
revenue and operating income (loss) before interest, taxes, and depreciation and amortization, but does not evaluate operating 
segments using discrete asset information. There are no inter-segment transactions and the Company does not allocate interest 
and other income, interest expense, depreciation and amortization or taxes to operating segments. The accounting policies for 
segment reporting are the same as for the Company as a whole.

In December 2019, the Company changed its internal reporting segment information reported to the CODM. Certain locations 
previously reported under Commercial are now included in Other. All prior periods presented have been reclassified to reflect the 
new internal reporting to the CODM.

•  Commercial  encompasses  the  Company's  services  in  healthcare  facilities,  municipalities,  including  meter  revenue 
collection and enforcement services, government facilities, hotels, commercial real estate, residential communities, retail, 
colleges and universities, as well as ancillary services such as shuttle and ground transportation services, valet services, 
taxi and livery dispatch services and event planning, including shuttle and transportation services. 

• 

• 

Aviation encompasses the Company's services in aviation (i.e., airports, airline and certain hospitality clients with baggage 
and parking services) as well as ancillary services, which includes shuttle and ground transportation services, valet services, 
baggage handling, baggage repair and replacement, remote air check-in services, wheelchair assist services and other 
services.

"Other" consists of ancillary revenue that is not specifically identifiable to Commercial or Aviation and certain unallocated 
items, such as and including prior year insurance reserve adjustments and other corporate items.

[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

81

The following is a summary of revenues and gross profit by operating segment for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 
and 2017:

 (millions)

Services revenue

Commercial

Lease type contracts (2)

$

Management type contracts

Total Commercial

Aviation

Lease type contracts (2)

Management type contracts

Total Aviation

Other

Lease type contracts

Management type contracts

Total Other

Reimbursed management type contract
revenue

2019

Gross Margin
Percentage

2018 (1)

Gross Margin
Percentage

2017

Gross Margin
Percentage

Year Ended December 31,

377.3

252.9

630.2

30.7

263.5

294.2

0.9

9.6

10.5

728.8

$

386.2

249.4

635.6

27.0

101.2

128.2

0.7

10.9

11.6

693.0

$

433.8

248.1

681.9

129.3

89.1

218.4

—

11.0

11.0

679.2

Total services revenue

$

1,663.7

$

1,468.4

$

1,590.5

Gross Profit

Commercial

Lease type contracts

Management type contracts

Total Commercial

Aviation

Lease type contracts

Management type contracts

Total Aviation

Other

Lease type contracts

Management type contracts

Total Other

Total gross profit

General and administrative expenses

General and administrative
expense percentage of gross profit

Depreciation and amortization

Operating income

Other expenses (income):

Interest expense

Interest income

Gain on sale of a business

Equity in (earnings) losses from
investment in unconsolidated entity

Total other expenses (income)

Earnings before income taxes

Income tax expense

Net income

Less: Net income attributable
to noncontrolling interest

Net income attributable to SP Plus Corporation $

8.3%

38.8%

5.2%

29.2%

N/M

N/M

29.4

101.1

130.5

8.3

69.2

77.5

4.3

15.8

20.1

228.1

109.0

47.8%

29.4

89.7

18.9

(0.3)

—

—

18.6

71.1

19.4

51.7

2.9

48.8

7.8%

40.0%

27.0%

26.3%

N/M

N/M

$

25.8

98.3

124.1

7.3

31.9

39.2

3.2

17.5

20.7

184.0

91.0

49.5%

17.9

75.1

9.6

(0.4)

—

(10.1)

(0.9)

76.0

19.6

56.4

3.2

53.2

6.6%

37.8%

26.3%

31.5%

N/M

N/M

$

36.4

100.1

136.5

6.7

26.2

32.9

1.6

14.3

15.9

185.3

82.9

44.7%

21.0

81.4

9.2

(0.6)

(0.1)

0.7

9.2

72.2

27.7

44.5

3.3

41.2

(1)    On November 30, 2018, we completed the Acquisition. Our consolidated operations for the year ended December 31, 2018 includes Bags operating results for the 
period of November 30, 2018 through December 31, 2018.  Our consolidated results for the year ended December 31, 2017 does not include the operating results of 
Bags. See Note 3. Acquisition for additional information.

(2) Includes reduction of Services revenue - lease type contracts due to the adoption of Topic 853, which required rental expense for the periods after January 1, 2018 
be presented as a reduction of Services revenue - lease type contracts for that business (and corresponding contracts) that meet the criteria and definition of a service 
concession arrangement. See Note 5. Revenue for further discussion regarding the adoption of Topic 853. 

N/M - Not Meaningful

82

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
21. Unaudited Quarterly Results

The  following  table  sets  forth  the  Company's  unaudited  quarterly  consolidated  statement  of  income  data  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018. The unaudited quarterly information has been prepared on the same basis as the 
annual financial information and, in management's opinion, includes all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) 
necessary to present fairly the information for the quarters presented. Historically, the Company's operating results have varied 
from quarter to quarter and are expected to continue to fluctuate in the future. These fluctuations have been due to a number of 
factors, including: general economic conditions in its markets; acquisitions; additions of contracts; expiration and termination of 
contracts; conversion of lease type contracts to management type contracts; conversion of management type contracts to lease 
type contracts and changes in terms of contracts that are retained and timing of general and administrative expenditures.

The operating results for any historical quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for any future period.

[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

83

(millions, except for share
and per share data)

First
Quarter

Second
Quarter

Third
Quarter

Fourth
Quarter

First
Quarter

Second
Quarter

Third
Quarter

Fourth
Quarter (1)

(Unaudited)

(Unaudited)

2019

2018

Services revenue

Lease type contracts

$

97.8

$

105.2

$

104.6

$

101.3

$

99.5

$

107.4

$

104.7

$

102.3

Management type
contracts

Reimbursed management
type contract revenue

Total revenue

Cost of services

Lease type contracts

Management type
contracts

Reimbursed management
type contract expense

Total cost of services

Gross profit

Lease type contracts

Management type
contracts

Total gross profit

General and administrative
expenses

Depreciation and
amortization

Operating income

Other expense (income)

Interest expense

Interest income

Equity in (income) losses
from investment in
unconsolidated entity

Total other expenses
(income)

Earnings before income
taxes

Income tax expense

Net income

Less: Net income
attributable to noncontrolling
interest
Net income attributable to
SP Plus Corporation

Common stock data

Net income per common
share (2)

Basic

Diluted

Weighted average shares
outstanding

Basic

Diluted

$

$

$

132.9

129.9

132.6

130.6

94.4

87.7

82.6

96.8

178.7

409.4

89.7

87.8

178.7

356.2

8.1

45.1

53.2

27.1

7.2

18.9

5.0

(0.1)

—

4.9

14.0

3.1

10.9

0.3

179.1

414.2

91.8

81.4

179.1

352.3

13.4

48.5

61.9

27.7

7.3

26.9

4.9

(0.1)

—

4.8

22.1

5.8

16.3

1.1

181.4

418.6

93.0

85.5

181.4

359.9

11.6

47.1

58.7

26.0

7.3

25.4

4.8

(0.1)

—

4.7

20.7

5.7

15.0

0.8

189.6

421.5

92.4

85.2

189.6

367.2

8.9

45.4

54.3

28.2

7.6

18.5

4.2

—

—

4.2

14.3

4.8

9.5

0.7

172.9

366.8

94.6

59.9

172.9

327.4

4.9

34.5

39.4

22.3

4.0

13.1

2.1

(0.1)

(10.1)

(8.1)

21.2

5.3

15.9

0.6

167.1

362.2

94.5

49.5

167.1

311.1

12.9

38.2

51.1

22.3

4.5

24.3

2.2

(0.1)

—

2.1

22.2

6.0

16.2

0.9

174.8

362.1

94.2

48.1

174.8

317.1

10.5

34.5

45.0

18.7

4.2

22.1

2.1

(0.1)

—

2.0

20.1

5.6

14.5

1.0

10.6

$

15.2

$

14.2

$

8.8

$

15.3

$

15.3

$

13.5

$

178.2

377.3

94.3

56.3

178.2

328.8

8.0

40.5

48.5

27.7

5.2

15.6

3.2

(0.1)

—

3.1

12.5

2.7

9.8

0.7

9.1

0.47

0.47

$

$

0.68

0.68

$

$

0.64

0.64

$

$

0.41

0.41

$

$

0.69

0.68

$

$

0.68

0.68

$

$

0.60

0.60

$

$

0.40

0.40

22,509,050

22,382,139

21,945,129

21,490,882

22,308,694

22,370,923

22,439,884

22,465,834

22,667,539

22,532,213

22,038,905

21,600,568

22,557,326

22,644,884

22,626,746

22,607,102

(1) The Company began including Bags operations within its consolidated operating results on November 30, 2018.  See also Note 3. Acquisition for additional information. 

(2) Basic and diluted net income per share are computed independently for each of the quarters presented.  As a result, the sum of quarterly basic and diluted net income 
per share information may not equal annual basic and diluted net income per share.

84

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 16.    Form 10-K Summary

None.

85

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this 
report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

SIGNATURES

Date: February 20, 2020

  By:

/s/ KRISTOPHER H. ROY

  SP PLUS CORPORATION

Kristopher H. Roy
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer, Principal Accounting
Officer and Duly Authorized Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons 
on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

/s/ G MARC BAUMANN
G Marc Baumann

/s/ KAREN M. GARRISON
Karen M. Garrison

/s/ ALICE M. PETERSON
Alice M. Peterson

/s/ GREGORY A. REID
Gregory A. Reid

  Director, President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

Director and Non-Executive Chairman

Director

Director

/s/ WYMAN T. ROBERTS

Director

Wyman T. Roberts

/s/ DOUGLAS R. WAGGONER

Director

Date

  February 20, 2020

  February 20, 2020

February 20, 2020

February 20, 2020

February 20, 2020

February 20, 2020

Douglas R. Waggoner

/s/ KRISTOPHER H. ROY
Kristopher H. Roy

  Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer, Principal Accounting 
Officer and Duly Authorized Officer)

  February 20, 2020

86

 
 
 
 
 
SP PLUS CORPORATION
SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

Description
(millions)
Allowance for doubtful accounts

Year ended December 31, 2019
Year ended December 31, 2018
Year ended December 31, 2017

Deferred tax valuation allowance

Year ended December 31, 2019
Year ended December 31, 2018
Year ended December 31, 2017

Balance at
Beginning
of Year

Additions
Charged
to Costs
and
Expenses

Reductions (1)

Balance at
End of
Year

$

$

$

$

1.0
0.7
0.4

8.1
7.1
6.6

$

$

2.1
1.7
0.7

0.2
1.0
0.5

(1.2) $
(1.4)
(0.4)

— $
—
—

1.9
1.0
0.7

8.3
8.1
7.1

(1)    Represents uncollectible accounts written off and reversal of provision.

87

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK)

As of March 20, 2020

Directors

(cid:40)(cid:91)(cid:72)(cid:70)(cid:88)(cid:87)(cid:76)(cid:89)(cid:72)(cid:3)(cid:50)(cid:605)(cid:70)(cid:72)(cid:85)(cid:86)

Karen M. Garrison,
Non-Executive Chairman (b)(c)(d)
President,
Pitney Bowes Business Services 
(retired)

G Marc Baumann
(cid:38)(cid:75)(cid:76)(cid:72)(cid:73)(cid:3)(cid:40)(cid:91)(cid:72)(cid:70)(cid:88)(cid:87)(cid:76)(cid:89)(cid:72)(cid:3)(cid:50)(cid:605)(cid:70)(cid:72)(cid:85)(cid:3)(cid:9)(cid:3)(cid:51)(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:86)(cid:76)(cid:71)(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:3)

Kristopher H. Roy
(cid:38)(cid:75)(cid:76)(cid:72)(cid:73)(cid:3)(cid:41)(cid:76)(cid:81)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:70)(cid:76)(cid:68)(cid:79)(cid:3)(cid:50)(cid:605)(cid:70)(cid:72)(cid:85)(cid:3)(cid:9)(cid:3)(cid:55)(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:68)(cid:86)(cid:88)(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:85)

G Marc Baumann, Director
(cid:38)(cid:75)(cid:76)(cid:72)(cid:73)(cid:3)(cid:40)(cid:91)(cid:72)(cid:70)(cid:88)(cid:87)(cid:76)(cid:89)(cid:72)(cid:3)(cid:50)(cid:605)(cid:70)(cid:72)(cid:85)(cid:3)(cid:9)(cid:3)(cid:51)(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:86)(cid:76)(cid:71)(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:15)(cid:3)
SP Plus Corporation

Robert A. Miles
President, Bags 

John Ricchiuto
President, Airport Division

Robert M. Toy
President, Commercial Division

Alice M. Peterson, Director (a)(d)
Executive Vice President of 
Operations,
Fluresh LLC

Gregory A. Reid, Director (a)(c)
President,
BoomDeYada, LLC

Wyman T. Roberts, Director (b)(c)(d) 
(cid:51)(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:86)(cid:76)(cid:71)(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:3)(cid:9)(cid:3)(cid:38)(cid:75)(cid:76)(cid:72)(cid:73)(cid:3)(cid:40)(cid:91)(cid:72)(cid:70)(cid:88)(cid:87)(cid:76)(cid:89)(cid:72)(cid:3)(cid:50)(cid:605)(cid:70)(cid:72)(cid:85)(cid:15)
Brinker International, Inc.

Douglas R. Waggoner, Director (a)
(b)(d)
(cid:38)(cid:75)(cid:76)(cid:72)(cid:73)(cid:3)(cid:40)(cid:91)(cid:72)(cid:70)(cid:88)(cid:87)(cid:76)(cid:89)(cid:72)(cid:3)(cid:50)(cid:605)(cid:70)(cid:72)(cid:85)(cid:15)
Echo Global Logistics, Inc.

(a) Audit Committee

Chair: Alice M. Peterson
(b) Nominating and Corporate
Governance Committee
Chair: Douglas R. Waggoner
Compensation Committee 
Chair: Wyman T. Roberts
Executive Committee
Chair: Karen M. Garrison

(d)

(c)

Stockholder Information
Corporate Address
SP Plus Corporation
200 East Randolph Street
Suite 7700
Chicago, IL 60601

Telephone: (312) 274-2000
www.spplus.com

Investor Relations Contact
Connie H. Jin
Senior Vice President, Corporate 
Development

Telephone: (312) 274-2105
Investor_Relations@spplus.com

Independent Registered Public
Accounting Firm
(cid:40)(cid:85)(cid:81)(cid:86)(cid:87)(cid:3)(cid:9)(cid:3)(cid:60)(cid:82)(cid:88)(cid:81)(cid:74)(cid:3)(cid:47)(cid:47)(cid:51)
155 North Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606

Transfer Agent
(cid:38)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:76)(cid:81)(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:68)(cid:79)(cid:3)(cid:54)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:70)(cid:78)(cid:3)(cid:55)(cid:85)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:86)(cid:73)(cid:72)(cid:85)(cid:3)(cid:9)
Trust Company
1 State Street
30th Floor
New York, NY 10004
Telephone: (212) 509-4000

Stock Listing
NASDAQ Global Select Market
Trading Symbol: SP

Stock Price Information
The table below shows the 
reported high and low sales price
of SP Plus common stock during 
the periods indicated in 2019. The
closing price of our common stock
at December 31, 2019 was $42.43.

HIGH        LOW
First Quarter
$38.64
Second Quarter $35.00
$38.06
Third Quarter
Fourth Quarter
$47.33

$29.01
$30.66
$32.01
$36.71

Annual Meeting of Stockholders
Our Annual Stockholders Meeting 
will be held on May 6, 2020 at 
1:00 p.m., local time, at AON Center,
200 East Randolph Street, 70th Floor,
Chicago, IL 60601.